projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
gdb: add target_ops::supports_displaced_step
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
27
28 #include "sysdep.h"
29 #include <stdarg.h>
30 #include "bfd.h"
31 #include "bfdlink.h"
32 #include "libbfd.h"
33 #include "elf-bfd.h"
34 #include "elf/ppc.h"
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "dwarf2.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
44 {
45 split16a_type = 0,
46 split16d_type
47 }
48 split16_format_type;
49
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
56
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 section. */
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
75 ((4*4 \
76 + (h != NULL \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
88 {
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 0x60000000, /* nop */
97 };
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
100 {
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
109 };
110
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
115 {
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 };
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
127 {
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
136 };
137
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 a shared library. */
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define B 0x48000000
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 \f
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205
206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
207
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
212
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
216
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
221
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
225
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
229
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
233
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
238
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
243
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
249
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
255
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
259
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
263
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 zero. */
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
269
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 be zero. */
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
275
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 symbol. */
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
280
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 the symbol. */
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
285
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 the symbol. */
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
290
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 the symbol. */
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
295
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
300
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
308
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 entries. */
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
313
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
317
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 addend. */
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
323
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
329
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
333
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
337
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
341
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
346
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
351
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 the symbol. */
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
356
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 the symbol. */
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
361
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 the symbol. */
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
366
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 small data items. */
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
371
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
375
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
379
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
383
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
387
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
391
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
394
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
397
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
401
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
404
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
409
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
415
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
419
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
423
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
427
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
431
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
436
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
440
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
444
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
448
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
452
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
458
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
462
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
466
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
470
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 first entry. */
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
476
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
480
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
484
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
488
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
493
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
497
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
501
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
505
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
510
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
514
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
518
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
522
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
529
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
533
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
537
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
541
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 is negative. */
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
547
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
553
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
559
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 small data items. */
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
564
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
570
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
583
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
587
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
591
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
595
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
599
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
603
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
607
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
611
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
615
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
619
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
625
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
629
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
633
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
637
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
641
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
645
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
649
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
653
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
657
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
660
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
664
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
668
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
672
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
677
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
681
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
685
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
688 NULL),
689
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
692 NULL),
693
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
697 };
698 \f
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
700
701 static void
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 {
704 unsigned int i, type;
705
706 for (i = 0;
707 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
708 i++)
709 {
710 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
711 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
713 abort ();
714 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
715 }
716 }
717
718 static reloc_howto_type *
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
721 {
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
723
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
727
728 switch (code)
729 {
730 default:
731 return NULL;
732
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
839 break;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
842 break;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
845 break;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
848 break;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
851 break;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
853 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
854 break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
863 }
864
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
866 };
867
868 static reloc_howto_type *
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
870 const char *r_name)
871 {
872 unsigned int i;
873
874 for (i = 0;
875 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
876 i++)
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
880
881 return NULL;
882 }
883
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
885
886 static bfd_boolean
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
888 arelent *cache_ptr,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
890 {
891 unsigned int r_type;
892
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896
897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
898 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
899 {
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 abfd, r_type);
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
904 return FALSE;
905 }
906
907 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
908
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
912 {
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 abfd, r_type);
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
917
918 return FALSE;
919 }
920
921 return TRUE;
922 }
923
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
928 arelent *reloc_entry,
929 asymbol *symbol,
930 void *data,
931 asection *input_section,
932 bfd *output_bfd,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
934 {
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
936 long insn;
937 bfd_size_type octets;
938 bfd_vma value;
939
940 if (output_bfd != NULL)
941 {
942 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
943 return bfd_reloc_ok;
944 }
945
946 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
947 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
948 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue;
950
951 value = 0;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
953 value = symbol->value;
954 value += (reloc_entry->addend
955 + symbol->section->output_offset
956 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
957 value -= (reloc_entry->address
958 + input_section->output_offset
959 + input_section->output_section->vma);
960 value >>= 16;
961
962 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
963 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
964 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
965 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 return bfd_reloc_ok;
968 }
969
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
972 arelent *reloc_entry,
973 asymbol *symbol,
974 void *data,
975 asection *input_section,
976 bfd *output_bfd,
977 char **error_message)
978 {
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
981 link time. */
982 if (output_bfd != NULL)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
984 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
985
986 if (error_message != NULL)
987 {
988 static char buf[60];
989 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry->howto->name);
991 *error_message = buf;
992 }
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
994 }
995 \f
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 {
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 asection *section;
1002 /* Section name. */
1003 const char *name;
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t;
1011
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1015
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 {
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 bfd_vma offset;
1022 /* addend used */
1023 bfd_vma addend;
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1027
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 {
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1031
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1035
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1039 };
1040
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1052
1053 static bfd_boolean
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1055 {
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1058 }
1059
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1061
1062 bfd_boolean
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1064 {
1065 unsigned long mach = 0;
1066 asection *s;
1067 unsigned char *contents;
1068
1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1071 {
1072
1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1075 break;
1076 if (s != NULL)
1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1078 }
1079
1080 if (mach == 0)
1081 {
1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1083 if (s != NULL
1084 && s->size >= 24
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1086 {
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1088 unsigned int i;
1089
1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1091 {
1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1093 switch (val >> 16)
1094 {
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1097 if (mach == 0)
1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1099 break;
1100
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1112 break;
1113
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1116 break;
1117
1118 default:
1119 mach = -1ul;
1120 }
1121 }
1122 free (contents);
1123 }
1124 }
1125
1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1127 {
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1129
1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1131 if (arch->mach == mach)
1132 {
1133 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1134 break;
1135 }
1136 }
1137 return TRUE;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1142
1143 static bfd_boolean
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1145 {
1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1147 return TRUE;
1148
1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1150 {
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1152
1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1154 {
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1158 }
1159 }
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1164
1165 static bfd_boolean
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1167 {
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1170
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1173 return TRUE;
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1177
1178 static bfd_boolean
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1180 {
1181 int offset;
1182 unsigned int size;
1183
1184 switch (note->descsz)
1185 {
1186 default:
1187 return FALSE;
1188
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 /* pr_cursig */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1192
1193 /* pr_pid */
1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1195
1196 /* pr_reg */
1197 offset = 72;
1198 size = 192;
1199
1200 break;
1201 }
1202
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1205 size, note->descpos + offset);
1206 }
1207
1208 static bfd_boolean
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1210 {
1211 switch (note->descsz)
1212 {
1213 default:
1214 return FALSE;
1215
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1228
1229 {
1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1231 int n = strlen (command);
1232
1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1234 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1235 }
1236
1237 return TRUE;
1238 }
1239
1240 static char *
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1242 {
1243 switch (note_type)
1244 {
1245 default:
1246 return NULL;
1247
1248 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1249 {
1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1251 va_list ap;
1252
1253 va_start (ap, note_type);
1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 */
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1263 #endif
1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1267 #endif
1268 va_end (ap);
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1271 }
1272
1273 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1274 {
1275 char data[268];
1276 va_list ap;
1277 long pid;
1278 int cursig;
1279 const void *greg;
1280
1281 va_start (ap, note_type);
1282 memset (data, 0, 72);
1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1290 va_end (ap);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1293 }
1294 }
1295 }
1296
1297 static flagword
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1299 {
1300
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1303
1304 return 0;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1309
1310 static bfd_vma
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1313 const arelent *rel)
1314 {
1315 return rel->address;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 type. */
1321
1322 static bfd_boolean
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1325 const char *name,
1326 int shindex)
1327 {
1328 asection *newsect;
1329 flagword flags;
1330
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1332 return FALSE;
1333
1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1335 flags = 0;
1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1338
1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1341
1342 if (strncmp (name, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1343 name += 8;
1344 if (strncmp (name, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1347
1348 return (flags == 0
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1350 }
1351
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1353
1354 static bfd_boolean
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1357 asection *asect)
1358 {
1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1361
1362 return TRUE;
1363 }
1364
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1367
1368 static int
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1371 {
1372 asection *s;
1373 int ret = 0;
1374
1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1377 ++ret;
1378
1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1381 ++ret;
1382
1383 return ret;
1384 }
1385
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1387
1388 bfd_boolean
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1391 {
1392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1393
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399
1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1401 {
1402 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1403 size_t amt;
1404 unsigned int j, k;
1405 unsigned int p_flags;
1406
1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1408 continue;
1409
1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1411 {
1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1413 p_flags |= PF_W;
1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1415 {
1416 p_flags |= PF_X;
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1419 break;
1420 }
1421 }
1422 if (j != m->count)
1423 while (++j != m->count)
1424 {
1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1426
1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1430 {
1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1435 break;
1436 }
1437 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1438 }
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1444 {
1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1446 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1447 }
1448 if (j == m->count)
1449 continue;
1450
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454
1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1458 if (n == NULL)
1459 return FALSE;
1460
1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1462 n->count = m->count - j;
1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1465 m->count = j;
1466 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1467 n->next = m->next;
1468 m->next = n;
1469 }
1470
1471 return TRUE;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1477 2 sections. */
1478
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1480 {
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1491 };
1492
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1496
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1499 {
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1501
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec->name == NULL)
1504 return NULL;
1505
1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1507 sec->use_rela_p);
1508 if (ssect != NULL)
1509 {
1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1512 return ssect;
1513 }
1514
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1516 }
1517 \f
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 {
1521 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1522 unsigned long value;
1523 }
1524 apuinfo_list;
1525
1526 static apuinfo_list *head;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set;
1528
1529 static void
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1531 {
1532 head = NULL;
1533 apuinfo_set = FALSE;
1534 }
1535
1536 static void
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1538 {
1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1540
1541 while (entry != NULL)
1542 {
1543 if (entry->value == value)
1544 return;
1545 entry = entry->next;
1546 }
1547
1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1549 if (entry == NULL)
1550 return;
1551
1552 entry->value = value;
1553 entry->next = head;
1554 head = entry;
1555 }
1556
1557 static unsigned
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 {
1560 apuinfo_list *entry;
1561 unsigned long count;
1562
1563 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1564 entry;
1565 entry = entry->next)
1566 ++ count;
1567
1568 return count;
1569 }
1570
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1573 {
1574 apuinfo_list * entry;
1575
1576 for (entry = head;
1577 entry && number --;
1578 entry = entry->next)
1579 ;
1580
1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1582 }
1583
1584 static void
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 {
1587 apuinfo_list *entry;
1588
1589 for (entry = head; entry;)
1590 {
1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1592 free (entry);
1593 entry = next;
1594 }
1595
1596 head = NULL;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1601
1602 static void
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1604 {
1605 bfd *ibfd;
1606 asection *asec;
1607 char *buffer = NULL;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1609 unsigned i;
1610 unsigned long length;
1611 const char *error_message = NULL;
1612
1613 if (link_info == NULL)
1614 return;
1615
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1620 {
1621 unsigned long datum;
1622
1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1624 if (asec == NULL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length = asec->size;
1630 if (length < 20)
1631 goto fail;
1632
1633 apuinfo_set = TRUE;
1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1635 {
1636 free (buffer);
1637 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1638 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1639 if (!buffer)
1640 return;
1641 }
1642
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1645 {
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1648 goto fail;
1649 }
1650
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1655 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1656 goto fail;
1657
1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1659 if (datum != 0x2)
1660 goto fail;
1661
1662 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1663 goto fail;
1664
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1667 if (datum + 20 != length)
1668 goto fail;
1669
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1673 }
1674
1675 error_message = NULL;
1676
1677 if (apuinfo_set)
1678 {
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1681
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1684
1685 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1686 {
1687 ibfd = abfd;
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693 fail:
1694 free (buffer);
1695
1696 if (error_message)
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1698 }
1699
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1702
1703 static bfd_boolean
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1705 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1706 asection *asec,
1707 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1708 {
1709 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1710 }
1711
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1713
1714 static void
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1716 {
1717 bfd_byte *buffer;
1718 asection *asec;
1719 unsigned i;
1720 unsigned num_entries;
1721 bfd_size_type length;
1722
1723 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1724 if (asec == NULL)
1725 return;
1726
1727 if (!apuinfo_set)
1728 return;
1729
1730 length = asec->size;
1731 if (length < 20)
1732 return;
1733
1734 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1735 if (buffer == NULL)
1736 {
1737 _bfd_error_handler
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1739 return;
1740 }
1741
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1748
1749 length = 20;
1750 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1751 {
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1753 length += 4;
1754 }
1755
1756 if (length != asec->size)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1761
1762 free (buffer);
1763
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1765 }
1766
1767 static bfd_boolean
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1769 {
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1772 }
1773 \f
1774 static bfd_boolean
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1776 {
1777 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1778
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1780 return FALSE;
1781
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1786 }
1787
1788 static bfd_boolean
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1790 {
1791 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1792 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1793 && section->vma <= vma
1794 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1795 }
1796
1797 static long
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1799 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1800 asymbol **ret)
1801 {
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
1803 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1806 bfd_vma stub_off;
1807 asymbol *s;
1808 arelent *p;
1809 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1810 size_t size;
1811 char *names;
1812 bfd_byte buf[4];
1813
1814 *ret = NULL;
1815
1816 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1817 return 0;
1818
1819 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1820 return 0;
1821
1822 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1823 if (relplt == NULL)
1824 return 0;
1825
1826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1827 if (plt == NULL)
1828 return 0;
1829
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1833 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1834
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic != NULL)
1839 {
1840 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1841 size_t extdynsize;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1843
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1845 return -1;
1846
1847 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1848 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1849
1850 extdyn = dynbuf;
1851 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1852 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1853 {
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1856
1857 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1858 break;
1859
1860 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1861 {
1862 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1863 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1864 if (got != NULL
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1866 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1868 break;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 free (dynbuf);
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1875 if (glink_vma == 0)
1876 {
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1879 }
1880
1881 if (glink_vma == 0)
1882 return 0;
1883
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1888 if (glink == NULL)
1889 return 0;
1890
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1894 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1895 {
1896 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1897
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1899 insn ^= B;
1900 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1902
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1905 for (i = 4;
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1907 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1908 i += 4)
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1910 {
1911 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1912 break;
1913 }
1914 }
1915
1916 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1924 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1926 break;
1927 if (stub_delta > 32)
1928 return 0;
1929
1930 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
1932 return -1;
1933
1934 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1935 p = relplt->relocation;
1936 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1937 {
1938 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1939 if (p->addend != 0)
1940 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1941 }
1942
1943 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1944
1945 if (resolv_vma)
1946 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1947
1948 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1949 if (s == NULL)
1950 return -1;
1951
1952 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1953 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1954 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1955 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1956 {
1957 size_t len;
1958
1959 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1961 stub_off -= 32;
1962 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1966 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1967 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1968 s->section = glink;
1969 s->value = stub_off;
1970 s->name = names;
1971 s->udata.p = NULL;
1972 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1973 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1974 names += len;
1975 if (p->addend != 0)
1976 {
1977 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1980 names += strlen (names);
1981 }
1982 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1984 ++s;
1985 --p;
1986 }
1987
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1990 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1991 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1992 s->section = glink;
1993 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1994 s->name = names;
1995 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1997 s++;
1998 count++;
1999
2000 if (resolv_vma)
2001 {
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2004 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2005 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2006 s->section = glink;
2007 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2008 s->name = names;
2009 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2011 s++;
2012 count++;
2013 }
2014
2015 return count;
2016 }
2017 \f
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2023 called. */
2024
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2027 struct plt_entry
2028 {
2029 struct plt_entry *next;
2030
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2036 bfd_vma addend;
2037
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2039 asection *sec;
2040
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2042 union
2043 {
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2045 bfd_vma offset;
2046 } plt;
2047
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2050 };
2051
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2055
2056 static int
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2059 {
2060 switch (r_type)
2061 {
2062 default:
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2067 return 1;
2068
2069 case R_PPC_REL24:
2070 case R_PPC_REL14:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2073 case R_PPC_REL32:
2074 return 0;
2075
2076 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2084 }
2085 }
2086
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2090 shared lib. */
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2092
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2095 {
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2097
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2099 asection *sec;
2100
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count : 31;
2103
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2106 };
2107
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2109
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2111 {
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2113
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2118
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask;
2135
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2141
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2143 symbol. */
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2145
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2149 };
2150
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2152
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2154
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2156 {
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2158
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2161
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2163 asection *glink;
2164 asection *dynsbss;
2165 asection *relsbss;
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2167 asection *sbss;
2168 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2169 asection *pltlocal;
2170 asection *relpltlocal;
2171
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2173 asection *srelplt2;
2174
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2177
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2179 bfd *old_bfd;
2180
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2182 union {
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2184 bfd_vma offset;
2185 } tlsld_got;
2186
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2189
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap;
2194
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2197
2198 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2199 unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
2200
2201 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2202 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2203 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2204 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2205
2206 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2207 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2208
2209 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2210 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2211
2212 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2213 int plt_entry_size;
2214 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2215 int plt_slot_size;
2216 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2217 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2218
2219 /* Small local sym cache. */
2220 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2221 };
2222
2223 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2224 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2225
2226 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2227 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2228
2229 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2230 relocs. */
2231 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2232
2233 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2234 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2235
2236 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2237
2238 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2239 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2240 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2241
2242 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2243
2244 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2245 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2246 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2247 const char *string)
2248 {
2249 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2250 subclass. */
2251 if (entry == NULL)
2252 {
2253 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2254 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2255 if (entry == NULL)
2256 return entry;
2257 }
2258
2259 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2260 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2261 if (entry != NULL)
2262 {
2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2266 }
2267
2268 return entry;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2272
2273 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2275 {
2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2278 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2279
2280 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2281 if (ret == NULL)
2282 return NULL;
2283
2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2287 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2288 {
2289 free (ret);
2290 return NULL;
2291 }
2292
2293 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2294 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2295 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2296 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2297
2298 ret->params = &default_params;
2299
2300 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2301 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2302 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2303
2304 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2305 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2306 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2307
2308 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2309 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2310 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2311
2312 return &ret->elf.root;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2316
2317 void
2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2319 {
2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2321
2322 if (htab)
2323 htab->params = params;
2324 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2325 }
2326
2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2328
2329 static bfd_boolean
2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2331 {
2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2333
2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2335 return FALSE;
2336
2337 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2338 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
2339 {
2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2341 executable. */
2342 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2345 return FALSE;
2346 }
2347
2348 return TRUE;
2349 }
2350
2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2354
2355 static bfd_boolean
2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2357 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2358 flagword flags,
2359 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2360 {
2361 asection *s;
2362
2363 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2365
2366 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2367 if (s == NULL)
2368 return FALSE;
2369 lsect->section = s;
2370
2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2372 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2373
2374 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2375 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2376 return FALSE;
2377 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2378 return TRUE;
2379 }
2380
2381 static bfd_boolean
2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2383 {
2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2385 asection *s;
2386 flagword flags;
2387 int p2align;
2388
2389 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2391 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2392 htab->glink = s;
2393 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2394 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2395 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2396 if (s == NULL
2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2398 return FALSE;
2399
2400 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2401 {
2402 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2404 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2405 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2406 if (s == NULL
2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2408 return FALSE;
2409 }
2410
2411 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2412 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2413 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2414 if (s == NULL
2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2416 return FALSE;
2417
2418 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2420 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2421 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2422 if (s == NULL
2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2424 return FALSE;
2425
2426 /* Local plt entries. */
2427 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2429 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2430 flags);
2431 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2433 return FALSE;
2434
2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2436 {
2437 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2439 htab->relpltlocal
2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2441 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2443 return FALSE;
2444 }
2445
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2447 &htab->sdata[0]))
2448 return FALSE;
2449
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2451 &htab->sdata[1]))
2452 return FALSE;
2453
2454 return TRUE;
2455 }
2456
2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2460
2461 static bfd_boolean
2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2463 {
2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2465 asection *s;
2466 flagword flags;
2467
2468 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2469
2470 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2472 return FALSE;
2473
2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2475 return FALSE;
2476
2477 if (htab->glink == NULL
2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2479 return FALSE;
2480
2481 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2482 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2483 htab->dynsbss = s;
2484 if (s == NULL)
2485 return FALSE;
2486
2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2488 {
2489 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2491 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2492 htab->relsbss = s;
2493 if (s == NULL
2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2495 return FALSE;
2496 }
2497
2498 if (htab->is_vxworks
2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2500 return FALSE;
2501
2502 s = htab->elf.splt;
2503 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2504 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2506 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2508 }
2509
2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2511
2512 static void
2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2516 {
2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2518
2519 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2520 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2521
2522 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2523 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2524
2525 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2526 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2527 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2528 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2529 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2530 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2531 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2532
2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2534 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2535 return;
2536
2537 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2538 {
2539 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2540 {
2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2543
2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2546 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2547 {
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2549
2550 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2551 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2552 {
2553 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2554 q->count += p->count;
2555 *pp = p->next;
2556 break;
2557 }
2558 if (q == NULL)
2559 pp = &p->next;
2560 }
2561 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2562 }
2563
2564 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2565 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2566 }
2567
2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2570 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2571 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2572
2573 /* And plt entries. */
2574 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2575 {
2576 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2577 {
2578 struct plt_entry **entp;
2579 struct plt_entry *ent;
2580
2581 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2582 {
2583 struct plt_entry *dent;
2584
2585 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2586 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2587 {
2588 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2589 *entp = ent->next;
2590 break;
2591 }
2592 if (dent == NULL)
2593 entp = &ent->next;
2594 }
2595 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2596 }
2597
2598 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2599 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2600 }
2601
2602 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2603 {
2604 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2606 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2607 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2609 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2610 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2616
2617 static bfd_boolean
2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2619 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 asection **secp,
2624 bfd_vma *valp)
2625 {
2626 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2628 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2629 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2630 {
2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2632 put into .sbss. */
2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2634
2635 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2636 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2637 {
2638 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2639
2640 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2641 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2642
2643 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2644 ".sbss",
2645 flags);
2646 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2647 return FALSE;
2648 }
2649
2650 *secp = htab->sbss;
2651 *valp = sym->st_size;
2652 }
2653
2654 return TRUE;
2655 }
2656 \f
2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2658
2659 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2660 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2662 bfd_vma addend,
2663 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2664 {
2665 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2666 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2667 return linker_pointers;
2668
2669 return NULL;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2673
2674 static bfd_boolean
2675 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2676 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2679 {
2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2682 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2683 bfd_size_type amt;
2684
2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2686
2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2688 if (h != NULL)
2689 {
2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2691
2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2693 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2695 rel->r_addend,
2696 lsect))
2697 return TRUE;
2698
2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2700 }
2701 else
2702 {
2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2704
2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2707
2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2709 if (!ptr)
2710 {
2711 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2712
2713 amt = num_symbols;
2714 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2715 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2716
2717 if (!ptr)
2718 return FALSE;
2719
2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2721 }
2722
2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2725 rel->r_addend,
2726 lsect))
2727 return TRUE;
2728
2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2730 }
2731
2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2735 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2736 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2737
2738 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2739 return FALSE;
2740
2741 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2742 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2743 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2745
2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2747 return FALSE;
2748 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2749 lsect->section->size += 4;
2750
2751 #ifdef DEBUG
2752 fprintf (stderr,
2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2754 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2755 (long) lsect->section->size);
2756 #endif
2757
2758 return TRUE;
2759 }
2760
2761 static struct plt_entry **
2762 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2764 unsigned long r_symndx,
2765 int tls_type)
2766 {
2767 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2768 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2770
2771 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2772 {
2773 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2774
2775 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2776 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2778 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2779 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2780 return NULL;
2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2782 }
2783
2784 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2785 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2786 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2787 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2788 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2789 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2790 }
2791
2792 static bfd_boolean
2793 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2794 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2795 {
2796 struct plt_entry *ent;
2797
2798 if (addend < 32768)
2799 sec = NULL;
2800 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2801 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2802 break;
2803 if (ent == NULL)
2804 {
2805 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2806 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2807 if (ent == NULL)
2808 return FALSE;
2809 ent->next = *plist;
2810 ent->sec = sec;
2811 ent->addend = addend;
2812 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2813 *plist = ent;
2814 }
2815 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2816 return TRUE;
2817 }
2818
2819 static struct plt_entry *
2820 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2821 {
2822 struct plt_entry *ent;
2823
2824 if (addend < 32768)
2825 sec = NULL;
2826 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2827 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2828 break;
2829 return ent;
2830 }
2831
2832 static bfd_boolean
2833 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2834 {
2835 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2836 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2837 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2846 }
2847
2848 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2849
2850 static bfd_boolean
2851 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2852 {
2853 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2854 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2855 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2856 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2857 }
2858
2859 static void
2860 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2861 {
2862 _bfd_error_handler
2863 /* xgettext:c-format */
2864 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2865 abfd,
2866 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2868 }
2869
2870 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2871 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2872 table. */
2873
2874 static bfd_boolean
2875 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2876 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2877 asection *sec,
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2879 {
2880 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2881 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2885 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2887
2888 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2889 return TRUE;
2890
2891 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2892 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2893 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2894 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2895 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2896 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2897 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2898 return TRUE;
2899
2900 #ifdef DEBUG
2901 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2902 sec, abfd);
2903 #endif
2904
2905 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2906
2907 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2908 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2909 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2910
2911 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2912 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2913 {
2914 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2915 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2916 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2917 return FALSE;
2918 }
2919 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2920 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
2921 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2922 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2923 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2924 sreloc = NULL;
2925
2926 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2927 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2928 {
2929 unsigned long r_symndx;
2930 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2932 int tls_type;
2933 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2934 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2935 bfd_vma addend;
2936
2937 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2938 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2939 h = NULL;
2940 else
2941 {
2942 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2943 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2944 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2945 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2946 }
2947
2948 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2949 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2950 startup code. */
2951 if (h != NULL
2952 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2953 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2954 {
2955 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2956 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2957 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2958 return FALSE;
2959 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2960 }
2961
2962 tls_type = 0;
2963 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2964 ifunc = NULL;
2965 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
2966 {
2967 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2968 abfd, r_symndx);
2969 if (isym == NULL)
2970 return FALSE;
2971
2972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2973 {
2974 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2975 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2976 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2977 if (ifunc == NULL)
2978 return FALSE;
2979
2980 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2981 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2982 no plt calls. */
2983 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2984 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2985 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2986 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2987 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2988 {
2989 addend = 0;
2990 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2991 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2992 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2993 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2994 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2995 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2996 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
2997 addend = rel->r_addend;
2998 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
2999 return FALSE;
3000 }
3001 }
3002 }
3003
3004 if (!htab->is_vxworks
3005 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3006 && h != NULL
3007 && h == tga)
3008 {
3009 if (rel != relocs
3010 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3011 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3012 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3013 reloc. */
3014 ;
3015 else
3016 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3017 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3018 }
3019
3020 switch (r_type)
3021 {
3022 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3023 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3024 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3025 its parameter symbol. */
3026 if (h != NULL)
3027 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3028 else
3029 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3030 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3031 return FALSE;
3032 break;
3033
3034 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3035 break;
3036
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3041 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3042 goto dogottls;
3043
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3048 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3049 goto dogottls;
3050
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3054 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3055 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3056 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3057 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3058 goto dogottls;
3059
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3063 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3064 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3065 dogottls:
3066 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3067 /* Fall through. */
3068
3069 /* GOT16 relocations */
3070 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3071 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3072 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3073 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3074 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3075 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3076 {
3077 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3078 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3079 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3080 return FALSE;
3081 }
3082 if (h != NULL)
3083 {
3084 h->got.refcount += 1;
3085 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3086 }
3087 else
3088 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3089 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3090 return FALSE;
3091
3092 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3093 an ifunc. */
3094 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3095 {
3096 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3097 return FALSE;
3098 }
3099 break;
3100
3101 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3102 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3103 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3104 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3105 h, rel))
3106 return FALSE;
3107 if (h != NULL)
3108 {
3109 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3110 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3111 }
3112 break;
3113
3114 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3115 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3116 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3117 {
3118 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3119 return FALSE;
3120 }
3121 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3122 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3123 h, rel))
3124 return FALSE;
3125 if (h != NULL)
3126 {
3127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3128 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3129 }
3130 break;
3131
3132 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3133 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3134 /* Fall through. */
3135
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3142 if (h != NULL)
3143 {
3144 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3145 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3146 }
3147 break;
3148
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3159 break;
3160
3161 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3162 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3163 {
3164 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3165 return FALSE;
3166 }
3167 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3168 if (h != NULL)
3169 {
3170 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3171 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3172 }
3173 break;
3174
3175 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3176 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3179 if (h != NULL)
3180 {
3181 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3182 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3183 }
3184 break;
3185
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3191 if (h != NULL)
3192 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3193 break;
3194
3195 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3196 if (h == NULL)
3197 break;
3198 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3199 goto pltentry;
3200
3201 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3202 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3203 /* Fall through. */
3204
3205 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3207 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3208 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3209 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3210 pltentry:
3211 #ifdef DEBUG
3212 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3213 #endif
3214 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3215 if (h == NULL)
3216 {
3217 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3218 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3219 if (pltent == NULL)
3220 return FALSE;
3221 }
3222 else
3223 {
3224 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3225 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3226 h->needs_plt = 1;
3227 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3228 }
3229 addend = 0;
3230 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3231 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3232 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3233 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3234 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3235 addend = rel->r_addend;
3236 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3237 return FALSE;
3238 break;
3239
3240 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3241 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3242 section relative. */
3243 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3244 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3245 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3246 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3247 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3248 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3249 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3250 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3251 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3252 break;
3253
3254 case R_PPC_REL16:
3255 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3256 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3257 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3258 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3259 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3260 break;
3261
3262 /* These are just markers. */
3263 case R_PPC_TLS:
3264 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3265 case R_PPC_NONE:
3266 case R_PPC_max:
3267 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3268 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3269 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3270 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3271 break;
3272
3273 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3274 case R_PPC_COPY:
3275 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3276 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3277 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3278 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3279 break;
3280
3281 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3282 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3284 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3285 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3286 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3288 break;
3289
3290 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3291 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3292 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3293 {
3294 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3295 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3296 }
3297 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3298 {
3299 h->needs_plt = 1;
3300 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3301 return FALSE;
3302 }
3303 break;
3304
3305 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3306 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3307 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3308 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3309 return FALSE;
3310 break;
3311
3312 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3313 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3314 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3315 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3316 return FALSE;
3317 break;
3318
3319 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3320 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3321 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3322 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3323 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3325 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3326 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3327 goto dodyn;
3328
3329 /* Nor these. */
3330 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3331 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3332 goto dodyn;
3333
3334 case R_PPC_REL32:
3335 if (h == NULL
3336 && got2 != NULL
3337 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3338 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3339 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3340 {
3341 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3342 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3343 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3344 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3345 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3346 PLT call stubs. */
3347 asection *s;
3348 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3349
3350 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3351 abfd, r_symndx);
3352 if (isym == NULL)
3353 return FALSE;
3354
3355 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3356 if (s == got2)
3357 {
3358 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3359 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3360 }
3361 }
3362 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3363 break;
3364 /* fall through */
3365
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3367 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3371 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3372 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3373 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3374 {
3375 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3376 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3377 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3378 return FALSE;
3379
3380 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3381 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3382 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3383 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3385 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3387 }
3388 goto dodyn;
3389
3390 case R_PPC_REL24:
3391 case R_PPC_REL14:
3392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3393 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3394 if (h == NULL)
3395 break;
3396 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3397 {
3398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3399 {
3400 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3401 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3402 }
3403 break;
3404 }
3405 /* fall through */
3406
3407 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3408 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3411 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3412 {
3413 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3414 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3415 h->needs_plt = 1;
3416 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3417 return FALSE;
3418 break;
3419 }
3420
3421 dodyn:
3422 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3423 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3424 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3425 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3426 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3427 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3428 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3429 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3430 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3431 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3432 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3433 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3434 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3435 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3436 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3437 symbol local.
3438
3439 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3440 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3441 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3442 symbol. */
3443 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
3444 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3445 || (h != NULL
3446 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3447 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3448 || !h->def_regular))))
3449 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3450 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3451 && h != NULL
3452 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3453 || !h->def_regular)))
3454 {
3455 #ifdef DEBUG
3456 fprintf (stderr,
3457 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3458 "create relocation for %s\n",
3459 (h && h->root.root.string
3460 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3461 #endif
3462 if (sreloc == NULL)
3463 {
3464 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3465 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3466
3467 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3468 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
3469
3470 if (sreloc == NULL)
3471 return FALSE;
3472 }
3473
3474 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3475 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3476 if (h != NULL)
3477 {
3478 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3479 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3480
3481 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3482 p = *rel_head;
3483 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3484 {
3485 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3486 if (p == NULL)
3487 return FALSE;
3488 p->next = *rel_head;
3489 *rel_head = p;
3490 p->sec = sec;
3491 p->count = 0;
3492 p->pc_count = 0;
3493 }
3494 p->count += 1;
3495 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3496 p->pc_count += 1;
3497 }
3498 else
3499 {
3500 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3501 We really need local syms available to do this
3502 easily. Oh well. */
3503 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3504 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3505 bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
3506 asection *s;
3507 void *vpp;
3508 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3509
3510 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3511 abfd, r_symndx);
3512 if (isym == NULL)
3513 return FALSE;
3514
3515 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3516 if (s == NULL)
3517 s = sec;
3518
3519 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3520 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3521 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
3522 p = *rel_head;
3523 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3524 p = p->next;
3525 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3526 {
3527 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3528 if (p == NULL)
3529 return FALSE;
3530 p->next = *rel_head;
3531 *rel_head = p;
3532 p->sec = sec;
3533 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3534 p->count = 0;
3535 }
3536 p->count += 1;
3537 }
3538 }
3539
3540 break;
3541 }
3542 }
3543
3544 return TRUE;
3545 }
3546 \f
3547 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3548 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3549 bfd_boolean
3550 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3551 {
3552 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3553 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3554 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3555 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
3556 bfd_boolean warn_only;
3557
3558 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3559 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3560 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3561 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3562 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3563 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3564 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3565 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3566 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3567
3568 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3569 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3570
3571 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3572 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3573
3574 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3575 {
3576 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3577 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3578 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3579
3580 if (in_fp == 0)
3581 ;
3582 else if (out_fp == 0)
3583 {
3584 if (!warn_only)
3585 {
3586 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3587 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3588 last_fp = ibfd;
3589 }
3590 }
3591 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3592 {
3593 _bfd_error_handler
3594 /* xgettext:c-format */
3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3596 last_fp, ibfd);
3597 ret = warn_only;
3598 }
3599 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3600 {
3601 _bfd_error_handler
3602 /* xgettext:c-format */
3603 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3604 ibfd, last_fp);
3605 ret = warn_only;
3606 }
3607 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3608 {
3609 _bfd_error_handler
3610 /* xgettext:c-format */
3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3613 ret = warn_only;
3614 }
3615 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3616 {
3617 _bfd_error_handler
3618 /* xgettext:c-format */
3619 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3620 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3621 ret = warn_only;
3622 }
3623
3624 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3625 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3626 if (in_fp == 0)
3627 ;
3628 else if (out_fp == 0)
3629 {
3630 if (!warn_only)
3631 {
3632 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3633 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3634 last_ld = ibfd;
3635 }
3636 }
3637 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3638 {
3639 _bfd_error_handler
3640 /* xgettext:c-format */
3641 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3642 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3643 ret = warn_only;
3644 }
3645 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3646 {
3647 _bfd_error_handler
3648 /* xgettext:c-format */
3649 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3650 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3651 ret = warn_only;
3652 }
3653 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3654 {
3655 _bfd_error_handler
3656 /* xgettext:c-format */
3657 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3658 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3659 ret = warn_only;
3660 }
3661 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3662 {
3663 _bfd_error_handler
3664 /* xgettext:c-format */
3665 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3666 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3667 ret = warn_only;
3668 }
3669 }
3670
3671 if (!ret)
3672 {
3673 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3675 }
3676 return ret;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3680 there are conflicting attributes. */
3681 static bfd_boolean
3682 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3683 {
3684 bfd *obfd;
3685 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3686 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3687 bfd_boolean ret;
3688
3689 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3690 return FALSE;
3691
3692 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3693 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3694 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3695
3696 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3697 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3698 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3699 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3700 ret = TRUE;
3701 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3702 {
3703 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3704 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3705 static bfd *last_vec;
3706
3707 if (in_vec == 0)
3708 ;
3709 else if (out_vec == 0)
3710 {
3711 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3712 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3713 last_vec = ibfd;
3714 }
3715 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3716 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3717 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3718 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3719 case too. */
3720 else if (in_vec == 1)
3721 ;
3722 else if (out_vec == 1)
3723 {
3724 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3725 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3726 last_vec = ibfd;
3727 }
3728 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3729 {
3730 _bfd_error_handler
3731 /* xgettext:c-format */
3732 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3733 last_vec, ibfd);
3734 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3735 ret = FALSE;
3736 }
3737 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3738 {
3739 _bfd_error_handler
3740 /* xgettext:c-format */
3741 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3742 ibfd, last_vec);
3743 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3744 ret = FALSE;
3745 }
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3749 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3750 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3751 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3752 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3753 {
3754 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3755 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3756 static bfd *last_struct;
3757
3758 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3759 ;
3760 else if (out_struct == 0)
3761 {
3762 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3763 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3764 last_struct = ibfd;
3765 }
3766 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3767 {
3768 _bfd_error_handler
3769 /* xgettext:c-format */
3770 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3771 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3772 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3773 ret = FALSE;
3774 }
3775 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3776 {
3777 _bfd_error_handler
3778 /* xgettext:c-format */
3779 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3780 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3781 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3782 ret = FALSE;
3783 }
3784 }
3785 if (!ret)
3786 {
3787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3788 return FALSE;
3789 }
3790
3791 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3792 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3793 }
3794
3795 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3796 object file when linking. */
3797
3798 static bfd_boolean
3799 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3800 {
3801 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3802 flagword old_flags;
3803 flagword new_flags;
3804 bfd_boolean error;
3805
3806 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3807 return TRUE;
3808
3809 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3810 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3811 return FALSE;
3812
3813 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3814 return FALSE;
3815
3816 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3817 return TRUE;
3818
3819 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3820 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3821 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3822 {
3823 /* First call, no flags set. */
3824 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
3825 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3826 }
3827
3828 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3829 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3830 ;
3831
3832 /* Incompatible flags. */
3833 else
3834 {
3835 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3836 to be linked with either. */
3837 error = FALSE;
3838 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3839 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3840 {
3841 error = TRUE;
3842 _bfd_error_handler
3843 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3844 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3845 }
3846 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3847 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3848 {
3849 error = TRUE;
3850 _bfd_error_handler
3851 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3852 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3853 }
3854
3855 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3856 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3857 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3858
3859 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3860 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3861 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3862 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3863 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3864 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3865
3866 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3867 any module uses it. */
3868 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3869
3870 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3871 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3872
3873 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3874 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3875 {
3876 error = TRUE;
3877 _bfd_error_handler
3878 /* xgettext:c-format */
3879 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3880 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3881 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3882 }
3883
3884 if (error)
3885 {
3886 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3887 return FALSE;
3888 }
3889 }
3890
3891 return TRUE;
3892 }
3893
3894 static void
3895 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3896 asection *input_section,
3897 unsigned long offset,
3898 bfd_byte *loc,
3899 bfd_vma value,
3900 split16_format_type split16_format,
3901 bfd_boolean fixup)
3902 {
3903 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3904
3905 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3906 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3907 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3908 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3909 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3910 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3911 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3912 {
3913 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3914 {
3915 if (fixup)
3916 split16_format = split16a_type;
3917 else
3918 _bfd_error_handler
3919 /* xgettext:c-format */
3920 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3921 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3922 }
3923 }
3924 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3925 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3926 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3927 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3928 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3929 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3930 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3931 {
3932 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3933 {
3934 if (fixup)
3935 split16_format = split16d_type;
3936 else
3937 _bfd_error_handler
3938 /* xgettext:c-format */
3939 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3940 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3941 }
3942 }
3943 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3944 {
3945 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3946 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3947 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3948 {
3949 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3950 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3951 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3952 }
3953 }
3954 else
3955 {
3956 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3957 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3958 }
3959 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3960 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3961 }
3962
3963 static void
3964 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3965 {
3966 unsigned int insn;
3967
3968 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3969 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3970 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3971 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3972 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3973 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3974 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3975 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3976 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3977 }
3978
3979 \f
3980 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3981 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3982 int
3983 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3984 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3985 {
3986 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3987 flagword flags;
3988
3989 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3990
3991 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3992 {
3993 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3994
3995 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3996 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3997 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3998 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3999 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
4000 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL
4001 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
4002 || h->needs_plt)
4003 && h->ref_regular
4004 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4005 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4006 {
4007 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
4008 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
4009 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
4010 r30 to be set up. */
4011 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4012 }
4013 else
4014 {
4015 bfd *ibfd;
4016 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4017
4018 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4019 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4020 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4021 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4022 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4023 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4024 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4025 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4026 {
4027 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4028 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4029 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4030 {
4031 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4032 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4033 break;
4034 }
4035 }
4036 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4037 }
4038 }
4039 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4040 {
4041 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4042 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4043 else
4044 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4045 }
4046
4047 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4048
4049 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4050 {
4051 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4052 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4053
4054 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4055 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4056 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4057 return -1;
4058
4059 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4060 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4061 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4062 return -1;
4063 }
4064 else
4065 {
4066 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4067 if (htab->glink != NULL
4068 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4069 return -1;
4070 }
4071 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4072 }
4073 \f
4074 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4075 relocation. */
4076
4077 static asection *
4078 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4079 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4080 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4081 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4082 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4083 {
4084 if (h != NULL)
4085 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4086 {
4087 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4088 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4089 return NULL;
4090 }
4091
4092 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4093 }
4094
4095 static bfd_boolean
4096 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4097 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4098 asection **symsecp,
4099 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4100 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4101 unsigned long r_symndx,
4102 bfd *ibfd)
4103 {
4104 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4105
4106 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4107 {
4108 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4109 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4110
4111 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4112 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4113 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4114 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4115
4116 if (hp != NULL)
4117 *hp = h;
4118
4119 if (symp != NULL)
4120 *symp = NULL;
4121
4122 if (symsecp != NULL)
4123 {
4124 asection *symsec = NULL;
4125 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4126 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4127 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4128 *symsecp = symsec;
4129 }
4130
4131 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4132 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4133 }
4134 else
4135 {
4136 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4137 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4138
4139 if (locsyms == NULL)
4140 {
4141 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4142 if (locsyms == NULL)
4143 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4144 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4145 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4146 if (locsyms == NULL)
4147 return FALSE;
4148 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4149 }
4150 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4151
4152 if (hp != NULL)
4153 *hp = NULL;
4154
4155 if (symp != NULL)
4156 *symp = sym;
4157
4158 if (symsecp != NULL)
4159 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4160
4161 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4162 {
4163 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4164 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4165
4166 tls_mask = NULL;
4167 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4168 if (local_got != NULL)
4169 {
4170 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4171 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4172 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4173 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4174 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4175 }
4176 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4177 }
4178 }
4179 return TRUE;
4180 }
4181 \f
4182 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4183 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4184
4185 bfd_boolean
4186 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4187 {
4188 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4189 bfd *ibfd;
4190 asection *sec;
4191 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4192
4193 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4194 if (htab == NULL)
4195 return FALSE;
4196
4197 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4198 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4199 between the call and its destination. */
4200 limit = 0x1e00000;
4201 low_vma = -1;
4202 high_vma = 0;
4203 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4204 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4205 {
4206 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4207 low_vma = sec->vma;
4208 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4209 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4210 }
4211
4212 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4213 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4214 is local. */
4215 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4216 {
4217 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4218 return TRUE;
4219 }
4220
4221 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4222 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4223 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4224 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4225 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4226 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4227 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4228 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4229 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4230 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4231 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4232 together except their symbol. */
4233
4234 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4235 {
4236 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4237 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4238
4239 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4240 continue;
4241
4242 local_syms = NULL;
4243 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4244
4245 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4246 if (sec->has_pltcall
4247 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4248 {
4249 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4250
4251 /* Read the relocations. */
4252 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4253 info->keep_memory);
4254 if (relstart == NULL)
4255 return FALSE;
4256
4257 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4258 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
4259 {
4260 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4261 unsigned long r_symndx;
4262 asection *sym_sec;
4263 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4264 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4265 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4266
4267 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4268 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4269 continue;
4270
4271 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4272 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4273 r_symndx, ibfd))
4274 {
4275 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4276 free (relstart);
4277 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4278 free (local_syms);
4279 return FALSE;
4280 }
4281
4282 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4283 {
4284 bfd_vma from, to;
4285 if (h != NULL)
4286 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4287 else
4288 to = sym->st_value;
4289 to += (rel->r_addend
4290 + sym_sec->output_offset
4291 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4292 from = (rel->r_offset
4293 + sec->output_offset
4294 + sec->output_section->vma);
4295 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4296 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4297 }
4298 }
4299 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4300 free (relstart);
4301 }
4302
4303 if (local_syms != NULL
4304 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4305 {
4306 if (!info->keep_memory)
4307 free (local_syms);
4308 else
4309 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4310 }
4311 }
4312
4313 return TRUE;
4314 }
4315
4316 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4317 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4318
4319 asection *
4320 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4321 {
4322 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4323
4324 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4325 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4326 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4327 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4328 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4329
4330 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4331 {
4332 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4333 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4334 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4335 if (opt != NULL
4336 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4337 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4338 {
4339 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4340 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4341 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4342 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4343 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4344 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4345 && tga != NULL
4346 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4347 || tga->needs_plt)
4348 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4349 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4350 {
4351 struct plt_entry *ent;
4352 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4353 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4354 break;
4355 if (ent != NULL)
4356 {
4357 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4358 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4359 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4360 opt->mark = 1;
4361 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4362 {
4363 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4364 opt->dynindx = -1;
4365 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4366 opt->dynstr_index);
4367 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4368 return FALSE;
4369 }
4370 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4371 }
4372 }
4373 }
4374 else
4375 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4376 }
4377 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4378 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4379 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4380 {
4381 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4382 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4383 }
4384
4385 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4386 }
4387
4388 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4389 HASH. */
4390
4391 static bfd_boolean
4392 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4393 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4394 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4395 {
4396 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4397 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4398 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4399
4400 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4401 {
4402 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4403 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4404
4405 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4406 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4407 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4408 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4409 if (h == hash)
4410 return TRUE;
4411 }
4412 return FALSE;
4413 }
4414
4415 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4416 opportunities. */
4417
4418 bfd_boolean
4419 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4420 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4421 {
4422 bfd *ibfd;
4423 asection *sec;
4424 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4425 int pass;
4426
4427 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4428 return TRUE;
4429
4430 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4431 if (htab == NULL)
4432 return FALSE;
4433
4434 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4435 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4436 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4437 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4438 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4439 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4440 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4441 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4442 {
4443 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4444 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4445
4446 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4447 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4448 {
4449 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4450 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4451
4452 /* Read the relocations. */
4453 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4454 info->keep_memory);
4455 if (relstart == NULL)
4456 return FALSE;
4457
4458 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4459 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4460 {
4461 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4462 unsigned long r_symndx;
4463 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4464 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4465 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4466 bfd_boolean is_local;
4467 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4468
4469 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4470 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4471 {
4472 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4473
4474 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4475 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4476 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4477 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4478 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4479 }
4480
4481 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4482 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4483 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4484 without marker relocs, then check that each
4485 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4486 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4487 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4488 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4489 if (pass == 0
4490 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4491 && h != NULL
4492 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4493 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4494 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4495 {
4496 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4497 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4498 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4499 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4500 free (relstart);
4501 return TRUE;
4502 }
4503
4504 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4505 switch (r_type)
4506 {
4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4508 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4509 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4510 /* Fall through. */
4511
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4514 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4515 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4516 that turns out to be the case. */
4517 if (!is_local)
4518 continue;
4519
4520 /* LD -> LE */
4521 tls_set = 0;
4522 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4523 break;
4524
4525 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4526 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4527 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4528 /* Fall through. */
4529
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4532 if (is_local)
4533 /* GD -> LE */
4534 tls_set = 0;
4535 else
4536 /* GD -> IE */
4537 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4538 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4539 break;
4540
4541 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4542 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4543 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4544 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4545 if (is_local)
4546 {
4547 /* IE -> LE */
4548 tls_set = 0;
4549 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4550 break;
4551 }
4552 else
4553 continue;
4554
4555 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4556 if (!is_local)
4557 continue;
4558 /* Fall through. */
4559 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4560 if (rel + 1 < relend
4561 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4562 {
4563 if (pass != 0
4564 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4565 {
4566 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4567 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4568 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4569 {
4570 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4571
4572 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4573 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4574 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4575 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4576 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4577 if (h != NULL)
4578 {
4579 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4580 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4581
4582 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4583 addend = rel->r_addend;
4584 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4585 got2, addend);
4586 if (ent != NULL
4587 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4588 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4589 }
4590 }
4591 }
4592 continue;
4593 }
4594 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4595 tls_set = 0;
4596 tls_clear = 0;
4597 break;
4598
4599 default:
4600 continue;
4601 }
4602
4603 if (pass == 0)
4604 {
4605 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4606 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4607 continue;
4608
4609 if (rel + 1 < relend
4610 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4611 htab->tls_get_addr))
4612 continue;
4613
4614 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4615 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4616 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4617 the entire optimization. */
4618 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4619 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4620 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4621 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4622 free (relstart);
4623 return TRUE;
4624 }
4625
4626 if (h != NULL)
4627 {
4628 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4629 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4630 }
4631 else
4632 {
4633 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4634 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4635 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4636
4637 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4638 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4639 abort ();
4640 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4641 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4642 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4643 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4644 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4645 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4646 }
4647
4648 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4649 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4650 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4651 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4652 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4653 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4654 Disable optimization in this case. */
4655 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4656 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4657 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4658 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4659 continue;
4660
4661 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4662 {
4663 struct plt_entry *ent;
4664 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4665
4666 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4667 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4668 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4669 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4670 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4671 got2, addend);
4672 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4673 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4674 }
4675 if (tls_clear == 0)
4676 continue;
4677
4678 if (tls_set == 0)
4679 {
4680 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4681 if (*got_count > 0)
4682 *got_count -= 1;
4683 }
4684
4685 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4686 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4687 }
4688
4689 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4690 free (relstart);
4691 }
4692 }
4693 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4694 return TRUE;
4695 }
4696 \f
4697 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4698 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4699 size_dynamic_sections. */
4700
4701 static bfd_boolean
4702 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4703 {
4704 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4705 do
4706 {
4707 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4708 return TRUE;
4709 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4710 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4711
4712 return FALSE;
4713 }
4714
4715 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4716
4717 static bfd_boolean
4718 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4719 {
4720 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4721
4722 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4723 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4724 return TRUE;
4725 return FALSE;
4726 }
4727
4728 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4729 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4730 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4731 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4732 understand. */
4733
4734 static bfd_boolean
4735 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4736 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4737 {
4738 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4739 asection *s;
4740
4741 #ifdef DEBUG
4742 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4743 h->root.root.string);
4744 #endif
4745
4746 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4747 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4749 && (h->needs_plt
4750 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4751 || h->is_weakalias
4752 || (h->def_dynamic
4753 && h->ref_regular
4754 && !h->def_regular)));
4755
4756 /* Deal with function syms. */
4757 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4758 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4759 || h->needs_plt)
4760 {
4761 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4762 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4763 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4764 function symbol is local. */
4765 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4766 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4767
4768 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4769 won't need a .plt entry. */
4770 struct plt_entry *ent;
4771 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4772 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4773 break;
4774 if (ent == NULL
4775 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4776 && local
4777 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4778 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4779 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4780 {
4781 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4782
4783 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4784 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4785 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4786
4787 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4788
4789 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4790 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4791 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4792 h->needs_plt = 0;
4793 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4794 }
4795 else
4796 {
4797 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4798 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4799 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4800 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4801 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4802 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4803 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4804 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4805 than link time. */
4806 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4807 || (h->non_got_ref
4808 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4809 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4810 && !htab->is_vxworks
4811 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4812 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4813 {
4814 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4815 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4816 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4817 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4818 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4819 }
4820 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4821 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4822 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4823 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4824 }
4825 h->protected_def = 0;
4826 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4827 return TRUE;
4828 }
4829 else
4830 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4831
4832 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4833 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4834 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4835 if (h->is_weakalias)
4836 {
4837 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4838 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4839 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4840 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4841 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4842 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4843 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4844 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4845 return TRUE;
4846 }
4847
4848 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4849 is not a function. */
4850
4851 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4852 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4853 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4854 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4855 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4856 {
4857 h->protected_def = 0;
4858 return TRUE;
4859 }
4860
4861 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4862 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4863 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4864 {
4865 h->protected_def = 0;
4866 return TRUE;
4867 }
4868
4869 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4870 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4871 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4872 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4873 if (h->protected_def)
4874 {
4875 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4876 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4877 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4878 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4879 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4880 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4881 return TRUE;
4882 }
4883
4884 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4885 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4886 return TRUE;
4887
4888 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4889 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4890 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4891 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4892 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4893 executable. */
4894 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4895 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4896 && !htab->is_vxworks
4897 && !h->def_regular
4898 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4899 return TRUE;
4900
4901 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4902 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4903 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4904 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4905 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4906 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4907 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4908 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4909 same memory location for the variable.
4910
4911 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4912 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4913 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4914 s = htab->dynsbss;
4915 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4916 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4917 else
4918 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4919 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4920
4921 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4922 {
4923 asection *srel;
4924
4925 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4926 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4927 and into the runtime process image. */
4928 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4929 srel = htab->relsbss;
4930 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4931 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4932 else
4933 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4934 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4935 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4936 h->needs_copy = 1;
4937 }
4938
4939 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4940 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4941 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4942 }
4943 \f
4944 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4945 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4946 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4947 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4948 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4949
4950 static bfd_boolean
4951 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4952 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4953 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4954 {
4955 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4956 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4957 char *name;
4958 const char *stub;
4959 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4960
4961 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4962 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4963 else
4964 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4965
4966 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4967 len2 = strlen (stub);
4968 len3 = 0;
4969 if (ent->sec)
4970 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4971 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4972 if (name == NULL)
4973 return FALSE;
4974 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4975 if (ent->sec)
4976 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4977 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4978 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4979 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
4980 if (sh == NULL)
4981 return FALSE;
4982 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4983 {
4984 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4985 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
4986 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
4987 sh->ref_regular = 1;
4988 sh->def_regular = 1;
4989 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
4990 sh->forced_local = 1;
4991 sh->non_elf = 0;
4992 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
4993 }
4994 return TRUE;
4995 }
4996
4997 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4998 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4999
5000 static bfd_vma
5001 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5002 {
5003 bfd_vma where;
5004 unsigned int max_before_header;
5005
5006 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5007 {
5008 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5009 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5010 }
5011 else
5012 {
5013 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5014 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5015 {
5016 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5017 htab->got_gap -= need;
5018 }
5019 else
5020 {
5021 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5022 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5023 {
5024 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5025 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5026 }
5027 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5028 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5029 }
5030 }
5031 return where;
5032 }
5033
5034 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5035 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5036
5037 static inline unsigned int
5038 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5039 {
5040 unsigned int need;
5041 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5042 need = 4;
5043 else
5044 {
5045 need = 0;
5046 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5047 need += 8;
5048 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5049 need += 4;
5050 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5051 need += 4;
5052 }
5053 return need;
5054 }
5055
5056 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5057
5058 static bfd_boolean
5059 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5060 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5061 {
5062 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5063
5064 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5065 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5066 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5067 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5068 && h->dynindx == -1
5069 && !h->forced_local
5070 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5071 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5072 return TRUE;
5073 }
5074
5075 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5076
5077 static bfd_boolean
5078 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5079 {
5080 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5081 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5082 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5083 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5084 bfd_boolean dyn;
5085
5086 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5087 return TRUE;
5088
5089 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5090 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5091 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5092 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5093 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5094 && eh->elf.protected_def
5095 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5096 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5097 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5098 {
5099 unsigned int need;
5100
5101 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5102 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5103 return FALSE;
5104
5105 need = 0;
5106 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5107 {
5108 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5109 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5110 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5111 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5112 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5113 else
5114 need += 8;
5115 }
5116 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5117 if (need == 0)
5118 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5119 else
5120 {
5121 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5122 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5123 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5124 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5125 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5126 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5127 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5128 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5129 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5130 {
5131 asection *rsec;
5132
5133 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5134 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5135 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5136 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5137 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5138 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5139 rsec->size += need;
5140 }
5141 }
5142 }
5143 else
5144 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5145
5146 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5147 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5148 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5149 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5150 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5151
5152 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5153 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5154 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5155 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5156
5157 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5158 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5159 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5160 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5161
5162 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5163 ;
5164
5165 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5166 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5167 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5168 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5169 changes. */
5170 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5171 {
5172 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5173 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5174 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5175 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5176 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5177 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5178 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5179 {
5180 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5181
5182 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5183 {
5184 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5185 p->pc_count = 0;
5186 if (p->count == 0)
5187 *pp = p->next;
5188 else
5189 pp = &p->next;
5190 }
5191 }
5192
5193 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5194 {
5195 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5196
5197 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5198 {
5199 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5200 *pp = p->next;
5201 else
5202 pp = &p->next;
5203 }
5204 }
5205
5206 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5207 {
5208 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5209 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5210 return FALSE;
5211 }
5212 }
5213 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5214 {
5215 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5216 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5217 dynamic. */
5218 if (h->dynamic_adjusted
5219 && !h->def_regular
5220 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5221 && !(h->protected_def
5222 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5223 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5224 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5225 {
5226 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5227 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5228 return FALSE;
5229
5230 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5231 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5232 }
5233 else
5234 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5235 }
5236
5237 /* Allocate space. */
5238 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5239 {
5240 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5241 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5242 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5243 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5244 }
5245
5246 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5247 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5248 a) is dynamic, or
5249 b) is an ifunc, or
5250 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5251 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5252 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1;
5253 if (dyn
5254 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5255 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5256 || (h->needs_plt
5257 && h->def_regular
5258 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5259 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5260 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5261 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5262 {
5263 struct plt_entry *ent;
5264 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5265 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5266
5267 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5268 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5269 {
5270 asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
5271
5272 if (!dyn)
5273 {
5274 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5275 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5276 else
5277 s = htab->pltlocal;
5278 }
5279
5280 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5281 {
5282 if (!doneone)
5283 {
5284 plt_offset = s->size;
5285 s->size += 4;
5286 }
5287 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5288
5289 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5290 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5291 else
5292 {
5293 s = htab->glink;
5294 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5295 {
5296 glink_offset = s->size;
5297 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5298 }
5299 if (!doneone
5300 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5301 && h->def_dynamic
5302 && !h->def_regular)
5303 {
5304 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5305 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5306 }
5307 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5308
5309 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5310 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5311 return FALSE;
5312 }
5313 }
5314 else
5315 {
5316 if (!doneone)
5317 {
5318 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5319 for the special first entry. */
5320 if (s->size == 0)
5321 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5322
5323 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5324 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5325 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5326 word available at the end. */
5327 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5328 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5329 * ((s->size
5330 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5331 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5332
5333 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5334 file, and we are not generating a shared
5335 library, then set the symbol to this location
5336 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5337 relocations, and is required to make
5338 function pointers compare as equal between
5339 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5340 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5341 && h->def_dynamic
5342 && !h->def_regular)
5343 {
5344 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5345 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5346 }
5347
5348 /* Make room for this entry. */
5349 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5350 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5351 is allocated. */
5352 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5353 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5354 / htab->plt_entry_size
5355 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5356 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5357 }
5358 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5359 }
5360
5361 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5362 if (!doneone)
5363 {
5364 if (!dyn)
5365 {
5366 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5367 {
5368 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5369 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5370 }
5371 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5372 {
5373 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5374 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5375 }
5376 }
5377 else
5378 {
5379 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5380
5381 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5382 {
5383 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5384 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5385 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5386 {
5387 if (ent->plt.offset
5388 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5389 {
5390 htab->srelplt2->size
5391 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5392 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5393 }
5394
5395 htab->srelplt2->size
5396 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5397 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5398 }
5399
5400 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5401 .got.plt. */
5402 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5403 }
5404 }
5405 doneone = TRUE;
5406 }
5407 }
5408 else
5409 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5410
5411 if (!doneone)
5412 {
5413 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5414 h->needs_plt = 0;
5415 }
5416 }
5417 else
5418 {
5419 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5420 h->needs_plt = 0;
5421 }
5422
5423 return TRUE;
5424 }
5425
5426 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5427 {
5428 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5429 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5430 1, /* CIE version. */
5431 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5432 4, /* Code alignment. */
5433 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5434 65, /* RA reg. */
5435 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5436 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5437 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5438 };
5439
5440 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5441
5442 static bfd_boolean
5443 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5444 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5445 {
5446 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5447 asection *s;
5448 bfd_boolean relocs;
5449 bfd *ibfd;
5450
5451 #ifdef DEBUG
5452 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5453 #endif
5454
5455 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5456 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5457
5458 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5459 {
5460 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5461 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5462 {
5463 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5464 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5465 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5466 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5467 }
5468 }
5469
5470 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5471 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5472 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5473 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5474
5475 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5476 relocs. */
5477 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5478 {
5479 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5480 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5481 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5482 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5483 char *lgot_masks;
5484 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5485 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5486
5487 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5488 continue;
5489
5490 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5491 {
5492 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5493
5494 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5495 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5496 p != NULL;
5497 p = p->next)
5498 {
5499 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5500 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5501 {
5502 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5503 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5504 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5505 the relocs too. */
5506 }
5507 else if (htab->is_vxworks
5508 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5509 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5510 {
5511 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5512 handled specially by the loader. */
5513 }
5514 else if (p->count != 0)
5515 {
5516 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5517 if (p->ifunc)
5518 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5519 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5520 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5521 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5522 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5523 {
5524 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5525 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5526 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5527 }
5528 }
5529 }
5530 }
5531
5532 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5533 if (!local_got)
5534 continue;
5535
5536 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5537 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5538 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5539 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5540 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5541 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5542
5543 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5544 if (*local_got > 0)
5545 {
5546 unsigned int need;
5547 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5548 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5549 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5550 if (need == 0)
5551 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5552 else
5553 {
5554 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5555 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5556 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5557 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
5558 {
5559 asection *srel;
5560
5561 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5562 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5563 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5564 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5565 srel->size += need;
5566 }
5567 }
5568 }
5569 else
5570 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5571
5572 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5573 continue;
5574
5575 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5576 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5577 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5578 {
5579 struct plt_entry *ent;
5580 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5581 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5582
5583 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5584 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5585 {
5586 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5587 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5588 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5589 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5590 {
5591 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5592 continue;
5593 }
5594 else
5595 s = htab->pltlocal;
5596
5597 if (!doneone)
5598 {
5599 plt_offset = s->size;
5600 s->size += 4;
5601 }
5602 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5603
5604 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5605 {
5606 s = htab->glink;
5607 glink_offset = s->size;
5608 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5609 }
5610 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5611
5612 if (!doneone)
5613 {
5614 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5615 {
5616 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5617 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5618 }
5619 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5620 {
5621 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5622 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5623 }
5624 doneone = TRUE;
5625 }
5626 }
5627 else
5628 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5629 }
5630 }
5631
5632 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5633 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5634
5635 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5636 {
5637 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5638 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5639 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5640 }
5641 else
5642 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5643
5644 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5645 {
5646 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5647
5648 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5649 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5650 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5651 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5652 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5653 {
5654 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5655 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5656 g_o_t += 4;
5657 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5658 }
5659
5660 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5661 }
5662 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5663 {
5664 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5665
5666 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5667 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5668 }
5669 if (info->emitrelocations)
5670 {
5671 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5672
5673 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5674 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5675 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5676 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5677 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5678 }
5679
5680 if (htab->glink != NULL
5681 && htab->glink->size != 0
5682 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5683 {
5684 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5685 /* Space for the branch table. */
5686 htab->glink->size
5687 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5688 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5689 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5690 ? 63 : 15);
5691 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5692
5693 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5694 {
5695 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5696 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5697 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5698 if (sh == NULL)
5699 return FALSE;
5700 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5701 {
5702 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5703 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5704 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5705 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5706 sh->def_regular = 1;
5707 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5708 sh->forced_local = 1;
5709 sh->non_elf = 0;
5710 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5711 }
5712 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5713 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5714 if (sh == NULL)
5715 return FALSE;
5716 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5717 {
5718 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5719 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5720 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5721 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5722 sh->def_regular = 1;
5723 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5724 sh->forced_local = 1;
5725 sh->non_elf = 0;
5726 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5727 }
5728 }
5729 }
5730
5731 if (htab->glink != NULL
5732 && htab->glink->size != 0
5733 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5734 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5735 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5736 {
5737 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5738 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5739 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5740 {
5741 s->size += 4;
5742 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5743 s->size += 4;
5744 }
5745 }
5746
5747 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5748 Allocate memory for them. */
5749 relocs = FALSE;
5750 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5751 {
5752 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
5753
5754 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5755 continue;
5756
5757 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5758 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5759 {
5760 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5761 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5762 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5763 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5764 strip_section = FALSE;
5765 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5766 comment below. */
5767 }
5768 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5769 || s == htab->pltlocal
5770 || s == htab->glink
5771 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5772 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5773 || s == htab->sbss
5774 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5775 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5776 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5777 {
5778 /* Strip these too. */
5779 }
5780 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5781 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5782 {
5783 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5784 }
5785 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5786 {
5787 if (s->size != 0)
5788 {
5789 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5790 relocs = TRUE;
5791
5792 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5793 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5794 s->reloc_count = 0;
5795 }
5796 }
5797 else
5798 {
5799 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5800 continue;
5801 }
5802
5803 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5804 {
5805 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5806 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5807 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5808 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5809 before the linker maps input sections to output
5810 sections. The linker does that before
5811 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5812 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5813 into these sections. */
5814 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5815 continue;
5816 }
5817
5818 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5819 continue;
5820
5821 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5822 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5823 if (s->contents == NULL)
5824 return FALSE;
5825 }
5826
5827 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5828 {
5829 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5830 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5831 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5832 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5833 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5834 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5835 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5836
5837 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
5838 {
5839 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
5840 return FALSE;
5841 }
5842
5843 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
5844 {
5845 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
5846 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
5847 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
5848 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
5849 return FALSE;
5850 }
5851
5852 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5853 && htab->glink != NULL
5854 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5855 {
5856 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5857 return FALSE;
5858 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5859 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5860 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5861 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5862 return FALSE;
5863 }
5864
5865 if (relocs)
5866 {
5867 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
5868 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
5869 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
5870 return FALSE;
5871 }
5872
5873 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5874 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5875 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
5876 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
5877 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel,
5878 info);
5879
5880 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5881 {
5882 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5883 return FALSE;
5884 }
5885 if (htab->is_vxworks
5886 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
5887 return FALSE;
5888 }
5889 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5890
5891 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5892 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5893 {
5894 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5895 bfd_vma val;
5896
5897 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5898 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5899 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5900 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5901 /* FDE length. */
5902 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5903 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5904 p += 4;
5905 /* CIE pointer. */
5906 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5907 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5908 p += 4;
5909 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5910 p += 4;
5911 /* .glink size. */
5912 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5913 p += 4;
5914 /* Augmentation. */
5915 p += 1;
5916
5917 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5918 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5919 {
5920 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5921 if (adv < 64)
5922 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5923 else if (adv < 256)
5924 {
5925 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5926 *p++ = adv;
5927 }
5928 else if (adv < 65536)
5929 {
5930 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5931 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5932 p += 2;
5933 }
5934 else
5935 {
5936 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5937 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5938 p += 4;
5939 }
5940 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5941 *p++ = 65;
5942 p++;
5943 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5944 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5945 *p++ = 65;
5946 }
5947 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5948 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5949 }
5950
5951 return TRUE;
5952 }
5953
5954 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5955 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5956
5957 static void
5958 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5959 {
5960 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5961
5962 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5963 {
5964 asection *s;
5965
5966 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5967 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5968 {
5969 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
5970 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5971 {
5972 sda->def_regular = 0;
5973 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5974 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
5975 sda->forced_local = 0;
5976 }
5977 }
5978 }
5979 }
5980
5981 void
5982 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5983 {
5984 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5985
5986 if (htab != NULL)
5987 {
5988 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
5989 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
5990 }
5991 }
5992
5993
5994 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5995
5996 static bfd_boolean
5997 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5998 {
5999 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6000 && !h->def_regular
6001 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6002 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6003 return FALSE;
6004
6005 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6006 }
6007 \f
6008 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6009
6010 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6011 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6012 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6013 {
6014 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6015 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6016 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6017 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6018 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6019 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6020 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6021 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6022 };
6023
6024 static const int stub_entry[] =
6025 {
6026 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6027 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6028 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6029 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6030 };
6031
6032 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6033 {
6034 unsigned int workaround_size;
6035 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6036 };
6037
6038 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6039 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6040 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6041 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6042
6043 static bfd_boolean
6044 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6045 asection *isec,
6046 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6047 bfd_boolean *again)
6048 {
6049 struct one_branch_fixup
6050 {
6051 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6052 asection *tsec;
6053 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6054 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6055 bfd_vma toff;
6056 bfd_vma trampoff;
6057 };
6058
6059 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6060 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6061 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6062 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6063 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6064 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6065 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6066 unsigned changes = 0;
6067 bfd_boolean workaround_change;
6068 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6069 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6070 asection *got2;
6071 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted;
6072
6073 *again = FALSE;
6074
6075 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6076 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6077 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6078 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6079 || isec->size < 4)
6080 return TRUE;
6081
6082 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6083 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6084 anyway. */
6085 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6086 return TRUE;
6087
6088 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6089 if (htab == NULL)
6090 return TRUE;
6091
6092 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6093 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6094 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6095 trampbase = isec->size;
6096
6097 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6098 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6099 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6100
6101 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6102 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6103 {
6104 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6105 {
6106 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6107 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6108 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6109 return FALSE;
6110 }
6111 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6112 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6113 }
6114
6115 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6116 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6117 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6118 trampoff = trampbase;
6119 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6120 trampoff += 4;
6121
6122 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6123 picfixup_size = 0;
6124 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6125 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6126 {
6127 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6128 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6129 {
6130 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6131 link_info->keep_memory);
6132 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6133 goto error_return;
6134 }
6135
6136 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6137
6138 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6139 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6140 {
6141 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6142 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6143 asection *tsec;
6144 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6145 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6146 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6147 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6148 unsigned long t0;
6149 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6150 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6151 struct plt_entry **plist;
6152 unsigned char sym_type;
6153
6154 switch (r_type)
6155 {
6156 case R_PPC_REL24:
6157 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6158 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6159 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6160 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6161 break;
6162
6163 case R_PPC_REL14:
6164 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6165 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6166 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6167 break;
6168
6169 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6170 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6171 break;
6172 continue;
6173
6174 default:
6175 continue;
6176 }
6177
6178 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6179 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6180 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6181 goto error_return;
6182
6183 if (isym != NULL)
6184 {
6185 if (tsec != NULL)
6186 ;
6187 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6188 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6189 else
6190 continue;
6191
6192 toff = isym->st_value;
6193 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6194 }
6195 else
6196 {
6197 if (tsec != NULL)
6198 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6199 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6200 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6201 {
6202 unsigned long indx;
6203
6204 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6205 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6206 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6207 }
6208 else
6209 continue;
6210
6211 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6212 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6213 branch stub in that case. */
6214 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6215 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6216 && irel != internal_relocs)
6217 {
6218 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6219 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6220 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6221
6222 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6223 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6224 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6225 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6226 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6227 {
6228 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6229
6230 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6231 {
6232 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6233 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6234 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6235 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6236 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6237 }
6238 }
6239 else
6240 {
6241 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6242 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6243
6244 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6245 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6246 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6247
6248 tls_mask
6249 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6250 }
6251
6252 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6253 optimised away. */
6254 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6255 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6256 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6257 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6258 continue;
6259 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6260 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6261 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6262 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6263 continue;
6264 }
6265
6266 sym_type = h->type;
6267 }
6268
6269 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6270 {
6271 if (h != NULL
6272 && !h->def_regular
6273 && h->protected_def
6274 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6275 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6276 picfixup_size += 12;
6277 continue;
6278 }
6279
6280 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6281 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6282 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6283 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6284 plist = NULL;
6285 if (h != NULL)
6286 {
6287 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6288 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6289 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6290 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6291 }
6292 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6293 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6294 {
6295 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6296 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6297 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6298 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6299 }
6300 if (plist != NULL)
6301 {
6302 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6303 struct plt_entry *ent;
6304
6305 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6306 addend = irel->r_addend;
6307 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6308 if (ent != NULL)
6309 {
6310 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6311 || h == NULL
6312 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6313 || h->dynindx == -1)
6314 {
6315 tsec = htab->glink;
6316 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6317 }
6318 else
6319 {
6320 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6321 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6322 }
6323 }
6324 }
6325
6326 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6327 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6328 branch overflow. */
6329 if (tsec == isec)
6330 continue;
6331
6332 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6333 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6334 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6335 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6336 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6337 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6338 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6339 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6340 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6341 continue;
6342
6343 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6344 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6345 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6346 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6347 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6348 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6349 {
6350 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6351 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6352 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6353 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6354 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6355
6356 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6357 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6358 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6359 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6360 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6361 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6362 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6363 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6364 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6365 location of interest is just "sym". */
6366 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6367 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6368 toff += irel->r_addend;
6369
6370 toff
6371 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6372 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6373 toff);
6374
6375 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6376 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6377 toff += irel->r_addend;
6378 }
6379 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6380 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6381 toff += irel->r_addend;
6382
6383 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6384 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6385 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6386 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6387 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6388 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6389 continue;
6390
6391 roff = irel->r_offset;
6392
6393 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6394 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6395 fixup can be created at final link.
6396 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6397 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6398 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6399 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6400 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6401 continue;
6402
6403 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6404 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6405 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6406 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6407 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6408 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6409 {
6410 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6411
6412 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6413 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6414 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6415 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6416 continue;
6417 }
6418
6419 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6420 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6421 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6422 break;
6423
6424 if (f == NULL)
6425 {
6426 size_t size;
6427 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6428
6429 val = trampoff - roff;
6430 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6431 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6432 one. We'll report an error later. */
6433 continue;
6434
6435 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6436 {
6437 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6438 insn_offset = 12;
6439 }
6440 else
6441 {
6442 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6443 insn_offset = 0;
6444 }
6445 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6446 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6447 || tsec == htab->glink)
6448 {
6449 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6450 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6451 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6452 }
6453
6454 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6455 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6456 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6457 stub_rtype);
6458 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6459 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6460 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6461 irel->r_addend = 0;
6462
6463 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6464 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6465 f->next = branch_fixups;
6466 f->tsec = tsec;
6467 f->toff = toff;
6468 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6469 branch_fixups = f;
6470
6471 trampoff += size;
6472 changes++;
6473 }
6474 else
6475 {
6476 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6477 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6478 continue;
6479
6480 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6481 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6482 }
6483
6484 /* Get the section contents. */
6485 if (contents == NULL)
6486 {
6487 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6488 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6489 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6490 /* Go get them off disk. */
6491 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6492 goto error_return;
6493 }
6494
6495 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6496 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6497 switch (r_type)
6498 {
6499 case R_PPC_REL24:
6500 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6501 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6502 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6503 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6504 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6505 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6506 break;
6507
6508 case R_PPC_REL14:
6509 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6510 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6511 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6512 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6513 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6514 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6515 break;
6516 }
6517 }
6518
6519 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6520 {
6521 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6522 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6523 free (f);
6524 }
6525 }
6526
6527 workaround_change = FALSE;
6528 newsize = trampoff;
6529 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6530 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6531 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6532 {
6533 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6534 unsigned int crossings;
6535 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6536
6537 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6538 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6539 addr &= -pagesize;
6540 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6541 if (crossings != 0)
6542 {
6543 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6544 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6545 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6546 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6547 newsize += crossings * 16;
6548 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6549 {
6550 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6551 workaround_change = TRUE;
6552 }
6553 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6554 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6555 }
6556 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6557 }
6558
6559 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6560 {
6561 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6562 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6563 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6564 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6565 }
6566
6567 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6568 isec->size = newsize;
6569
6570 if (isymbuf != NULL
6571 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6572 {
6573 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6574 free (isymbuf);
6575 else
6576 {
6577 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6578 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6579 }
6580 }
6581
6582 if (contents != NULL
6583 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6584 {
6585 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6586 free (contents);
6587 else
6588 {
6589 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6590 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6591 }
6592 }
6593
6594 changes += picfixup_size;
6595 if (changes != 0)
6596 {
6597 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6598 information for the trampolines. */
6599 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6600 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6601 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6602 unsigned ix;
6603
6604 if (!new_relocs)
6605 goto error_return;
6606 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6607 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6608 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6609 {
6610 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6611
6612 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6613 }
6614 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6615 free (internal_relocs);
6616 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6617 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6618 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6619 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6620 }
6621 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6622 free (internal_relocs);
6623
6624 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6625 return TRUE;
6626
6627 error_return:
6628 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6629 {
6630 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6631 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6632 free (f);
6633 }
6634 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6635 free (isymbuf);
6636 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6637 free (contents);
6638 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6639 free (internal_relocs);
6640 return FALSE;
6641 }
6642 \f
6643 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6644 discarded sections. */
6645
6646 static unsigned int
6647 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6648 {
6649 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6650 return 0;
6651
6652 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6653 return 0;
6654
6655 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6656 }
6657 \f
6658 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6659
6660 static bfd_vma
6661 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6662 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6663 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6664 bfd_vma relocation,
6665 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6666 {
6667 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6668
6669 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6670
6671 if (h != NULL)
6672 {
6673 /* Handle global symbol. */
6674 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6675
6676 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6677 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6678 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6679 }
6680 else
6681 {
6682 /* Handle local symbol. */
6683 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6684
6685 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6686 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6687 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6688 }
6689
6690 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6691 rel->r_addend,
6692 lsect);
6693 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6694
6695 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6696 as a "written" flag. */
6697 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6698 {
6699 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6700 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6701 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6702 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6703 }
6704
6705 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6706 + lsect->section->output_offset
6707 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6708 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6709
6710 #ifdef DEBUG
6711 fprintf (stderr,
6712 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6713 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6714 #endif
6715
6716 return relocation;
6717 }
6718
6719 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6720 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6721 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6722
6723 static void
6724 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6725 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6726 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6727 {
6728 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6729 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6730 bfd_vma plt;
6731 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6732
6733 if (h != NULL
6734 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6735 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6736 {
6737 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6738 p += 4;
6739 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6740 p += 4;
6741 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6742 p += 4;
6743 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6744 p += 4;
6745 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6746 p += 4;
6747 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6748 p += 4;
6749 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6750 p += 4;
6751 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6752 p += 4;
6753 }
6754
6755 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6756 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6757 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6758
6759 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6760 {
6761 bfd_vma got = 0;
6762
6763 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6764 got = (ent->addend
6765 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6766 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6767 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6768 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6769
6770 plt -= got;
6771
6772 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6774 else
6775 {
6776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6777 p += 4;
6778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6779 }
6780 }
6781 else
6782 {
6783 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6784 p += 4;
6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6786 }
6787 p += 4;
6788 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6789 p += 4;
6790 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6791 p += 4;
6792 while (p < end)
6793 {
6794 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6795 p += 4;
6796 }
6797 }
6798
6799 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6800
6801 static bfd_boolean
6802 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6803 {
6804 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6805 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6806 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6807 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6808 }
6809
6810 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6811 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6812 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6813
6814 unsigned int
6815 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6816 {
6817 unsigned int rtra;
6818
6819 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6820 return 0;
6821
6822 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6823 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6824 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6825 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6826 else
6827 return 0;
6828
6829 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6830 /* add -> addi. */
6831 insn = 14 << 26;
6832 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6833 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6834 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6835 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6836 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6837 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6838 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6839 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6840 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6841 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6842 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6843 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6844 else
6845 return 0;
6846 insn |= rtra;
6847 return insn;
6848 }
6849
6850 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6851 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6852 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6853
6854 unsigned int
6855 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6856 {
6857 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6858 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6859 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6860 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6861 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6862 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6863 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6864 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6865 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6866 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6867 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6868 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6869 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6870 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6871 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6872 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6873 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6874 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6875 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6876 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6877 {
6878 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6879 }
6880 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6881 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6882 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6883 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6884 {
6885 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6886 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6887 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6888 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6889 }
6890 else
6891 insn = 0;
6892 return insn;
6893 }
6894
6895 static bfd_boolean
6896 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6897 {
6898 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6899 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6900 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6901 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6902 }
6903
6904 static bfd_boolean
6905 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6906 {
6907 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6908 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6909 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6910 }
6911
6912 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6913 to handle the relocations for a section.
6914
6915 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6916 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6917 zero.
6918
6919 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6920 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6921 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6922 necessary.
6923
6924 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6925 address or the reloc symbol index.
6926
6927 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6928
6929 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6930 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6931
6932 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6933 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6934
6935 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6936 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6937 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6938 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6939 accordingly. */
6940
6941 static bfd_boolean
6942 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6943 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6944 bfd *input_bfd,
6945 asection *input_section,
6946 bfd_byte *contents,
6947 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6948 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6949 asection **local_sections)
6950 {
6951 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6952 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6953 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6954 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6955 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6956 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6957 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6958 asection *got2;
6959 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6960 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
6961 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6962 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
6963 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
6964 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6965
6966 #ifdef DEBUG
6967 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6968 "%ld relocations%s",
6969 input_bfd, input_section,
6970 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
6971 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6972 #endif
6973
6974 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
6975 {
6976 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
6977 return FALSE;
6978 }
6979
6980 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
6981
6982 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6983 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
6984 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6985
6986 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6987 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
6988 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
6989 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
6990 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6991 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6992 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
6993 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
6994 ".tls_vars"));
6995 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
6996 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
6997 rel = wrel = relocs;
6998 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
6999 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7000 {
7001 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7002 bfd_vma addend;
7003 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7004 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7005 asection *sec;
7006 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7007 const char *sym_name;
7008 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7009 unsigned long r_symndx;
7010 bfd_vma relocation;
7011 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7012 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7013 bfd_boolean warned;
7014 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7015 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7016 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7017
7018 again:
7019 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7020 sym = NULL;
7021 sec = NULL;
7022 h = NULL;
7023 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7024 warned = FALSE;
7025 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7026
7027 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7028 {
7029 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7030 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7031 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7032
7033 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7034 }
7035 else
7036 {
7037 bfd_boolean ignored;
7038
7039 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7040 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7041 h, sec, relocation,
7042 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7043
7044 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7045 }
7046
7047 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7048 {
7049 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7050 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7051 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7052 howto = NULL;
7053 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7054 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7055
7056 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7057 contents, rel->r_offset);
7058 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7059 wrel->r_info = 0;
7060 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7061
7062 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7063 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7064 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7065 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7066 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7067 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7068 wrel--;
7069
7070 continue;
7071 }
7072
7073 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7074 {
7075 if (got2 != NULL
7076 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7077 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7078 {
7079 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7080 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7081 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7082 }
7083 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7084 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7085 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7086 goto copy_reloc;
7087 }
7088
7089 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7090 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7091 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7092 for the final instruction stream. */
7093 tls_mask = 0;
7094 tls_gd = 0;
7095 if (h != NULL)
7096 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7097 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7098 {
7099 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7100 char *lgot_masks;
7101 local_plt
7102 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7103 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7104 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7105 }
7106
7107 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7108 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7109 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7110 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7111 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7112 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7113 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7114 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7115 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7116 abort ();
7117 switch (r_type)
7118 {
7119 default:
7120 break;
7121
7122 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7123 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7124 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7125 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7126 {
7127 bfd_vma insn;
7128
7129 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7130 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7131 insn &= 31 << 21;
7132 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7133 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7134 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7135 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7136 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7137 }
7138 break;
7139
7140 case R_PPC_TLS:
7141 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7142 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7143 {
7144 bfd_vma insn;
7145
7146 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7147 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7148 if (insn == 0)
7149 abort ();
7150 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7151 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7152 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7153
7154 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7155 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7156 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7157 }
7158 break;
7159
7160 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7161 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7162 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7163 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7164 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7165 break;
7166
7167 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7168 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7169 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7170 {
7171 tls_gdld_hi:
7172 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7173 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7174 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7175 else
7176 {
7177 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7178 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7179 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7180 }
7181 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7182 }
7183 break;
7184
7185 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7186 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7187 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7188 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7189 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7190 break;
7191
7192 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7193 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7194 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7195 {
7196 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7197 bfd_vma offset;
7198
7199 tls_ldgd_opt:
7200 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7201 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7202 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7203 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7204 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7205 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7206 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7207 && rel + 1 < relend
7208 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7209 htab->tls_get_addr))
7210 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7211 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7212 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7213 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7214 intervening code. */
7215 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7216 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7217 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7218 {
7219 /* IE */
7220 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7221 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7222 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7223 {
7224 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7225 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7226 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7227 }
7228 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7229 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7230 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7231 }
7232 else
7233 {
7234 /* LE */
7235 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7236 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7237 if (tls_gd == 0)
7238 {
7239 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7240 for (r_symndx = 0;
7241 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7242 r_symndx++)
7243 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7244 break;
7245 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7246 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7247 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7248 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7249 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7250 + sec->output_offset
7251 + sec->output_section->vma);
7252 }
7253 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7254 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7255 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7256 {
7257 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7258 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7259 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7260 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7261 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7262 }
7263 }
7264 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7265 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7266 if (tls_gd == 0)
7267 {
7268 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7269 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7270 goto again;
7271 }
7272 }
7273 break;
7274
7275 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7276 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7277 && rel + 1 < relend)
7278 {
7279 unsigned int insn2;
7280 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7281
7282 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7283 {
7284 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7285 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7286 break;
7287 }
7288
7289 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7290 {
7291 /* IE */
7292 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7293 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7294 }
7295 else
7296 {
7297 /* LE */
7298 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7299 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7300 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7301 }
7302 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7304 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7305 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7306 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7307 }
7308 break;
7309
7310 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7311 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7312 && rel + 1 < relend)
7313 {
7314 unsigned int insn2;
7315
7316 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7317 {
7318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7319 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7320 break;
7321 }
7322
7323 for (r_symndx = 0;
7324 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7325 r_symndx++)
7326 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7327 break;
7328 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7329 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7330 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7331 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7332 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7333 + sec->output_offset
7334 + sec->output_section->vma);
7335
7336 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7337 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7338 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7339 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7340 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7341 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7342 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7343 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7344 goto again;
7345 }
7346 break;
7347 }
7348
7349 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7350 branch_bit = 0;
7351 switch (r_type)
7352 {
7353 default:
7354 break;
7355
7356 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7357 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7358 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7359 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7360 /* Fall through. */
7361
7362 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7363 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7364 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7365 {
7366 unsigned int insn;
7367
7368 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7369 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7370 insn |= branch_bit;
7371
7372 from = (rel->r_offset
7373 + input_section->output_offset
7374 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7375
7376 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7377 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7378 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7379
7380 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7381 }
7382 break;
7383
7384 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7385 {
7386 unsigned int insn;
7387
7388 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7389 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7390 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7391 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7392 {
7393 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7394 {
7395 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7396 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7397 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7398 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7399 }
7400 }
7401 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7402 info->callbacks->einfo
7403 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7404 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7405 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7406 }
7407 break;
7408 }
7409
7410 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7411 && h != NULL
7412 && !h->def_regular
7413 && h->protected_def
7414 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7415 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7416 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7417 {
7418 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7419 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7420 unsigned int insn;
7421
7422 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
7423 {
7424 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7425 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7426 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7427 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7428 {
7429 bfd_byte *p;
7430 bfd_vma off;
7431 bfd_vma got_addr;
7432
7433 p = (contents + input_section->size
7434 - relax_info->workaround_size
7435 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7436 + picfixup_size);
7437 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7438 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7439 info->callbacks->einfo
7440 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7441 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7442
7443 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7444 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7445 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7446 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7447 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7448 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7449 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7450 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7451 insn &= ~0xffff;
7452 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7453 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7454
7455 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7456 insn &= ~0xffff;
7457 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7458 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7459 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7460 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7461
7462 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7463 picfixup_size += 12;
7464
7465 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7466 output is reasonable. */
7467 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7468 wrel++, rel++;
7469 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7470 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7471 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7472
7473 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7474 dynamic reloc. */
7475 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7476 }
7477 else
7478 _bfd_error_handler
7479 /* xgettext:c-format */
7480 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7481 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7482 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7483 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7484 }
7485 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
7486 {
7487 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7488 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7489 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7490 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7491 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7492 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7493 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7494 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7495 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7496 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7497 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7498 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7499 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7500 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7501 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7502 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7503 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7504 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7505 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7506 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7507 {
7508 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7509 relocation = 0;
7510 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7511 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7512 }
7513 else
7514 _bfd_error_handler
7515 /* xgettext:c-format */
7516 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7517 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7518 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7519 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7520 }
7521 }
7522
7523 ifunc = NULL;
7524 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7525 {
7526 struct plt_entry *ent;
7527
7528 if (h != NULL)
7529 {
7530 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7531 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7532 }
7533 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7534 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7535 {
7536 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7537
7538 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7539 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7540 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7541 }
7542
7543 ent = NULL;
7544 if (ifunc != NULL
7545 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7546 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7547 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7548 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7549 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7550 {
7551 addend = 0;
7552 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7553 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7554 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7555 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7556 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7557 addend = rel->r_addend;
7558 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7559 }
7560 if (ent != NULL)
7561 {
7562 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7563 && ent->sec != got2
7564 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7565 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7566 || h == NULL
7567 || h->dynindx == -1))
7568 {
7569 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7570 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7571 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7572 apparently are using code compiled with
7573 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7574 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7575 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7576 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7577 into .got2). */
7578 info->callbacks->einfo
7579 /* xgettext:c-format */
7580 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7581 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7582 }
7583
7584 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7585 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7586 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7587 || h == NULL
7588 || h->dynindx == -1)
7589 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7590 + htab->glink->output_offset
7591 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7592 else
7593 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7594 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7595 + ent->plt.offset);
7596 }
7597 }
7598
7599 addend = rel->r_addend;
7600 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7601 howto = NULL;
7602 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7603 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7604
7605 switch (r_type)
7606 {
7607 default:
7608 break;
7609
7610 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7611 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7612 {
7613 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7614 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7615 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7616 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7617 /* xgettext:c-format */
7618 info->callbacks->minfo
7619 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7620 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn);
7621 else
7622 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
7623 }
7624 break;
7625
7626 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7627 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7628 {
7629 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7630 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7631 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7632 insn |= 2 << 16;
7633 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7634 }
7635 break;
7636 }
7637
7638 tls_type = 0;
7639 switch (r_type)
7640 {
7641 default:
7642 /* xgettext:c-format */
7643 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7644 input_bfd, howto->name);
7645
7646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7647 ret = FALSE;
7648 goto copy_reloc;
7649
7650 case R_PPC_NONE:
7651 case R_PPC_TLS:
7652 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7653 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7654 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7655 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7656 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7657 goto copy_reloc;
7658
7659 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7660 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7661 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7662 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7663 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7664 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7665 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7666 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7667 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7668 goto dogot;
7669
7670 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7671 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7672 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7673 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7674 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7675 goto dogot;
7676
7677 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7678 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7679 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7680 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7681 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7682 goto dogot;
7683
7684 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7685 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7686 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7687 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7688 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7689 goto dogot;
7690
7691 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7692 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7693 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7694 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7695 tls_mask = 0;
7696 dogot:
7697 {
7698 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7699 offset table. */
7700 bfd_vma off;
7701 bfd_vma *offp;
7702 unsigned long indx;
7703
7704 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7705 abort ();
7706
7707 indx = 0;
7708 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7709 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7710 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7711 else if (h != NULL)
7712 {
7713 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7714 || h->dynindx == -1
7715 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7716 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7717 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7718 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7719 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7720 because of a version file. */
7721 ;
7722 else
7723 {
7724 indx = h->dynindx;
7725 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7726 }
7727 offp = &h->got.offset;
7728 }
7729 else
7730 {
7731 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7732 abort ();
7733 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7734 }
7735
7736 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7737 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7738 processed this entry. */
7739 off = *offp;
7740 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7741 off &= ~1;
7742 else
7743 {
7744 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7745 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7746 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7747 : 0);
7748
7749 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7750 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7751 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7752 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7753 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7754
7755 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7756 Initialize them all. */
7757 do
7758 {
7759 int tls_ty = 0;
7760
7761 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7762 {
7763 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7764 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7765 }
7766 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7767 {
7768 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7769 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7770 }
7771 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7772 {
7773 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7774 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7775 }
7776 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7777 {
7778 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7779 tls_m = 0;
7780 }
7781
7782 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7783 if (indx != 0
7784 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7785 && (h == NULL
7786 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7787 && !(tls_ty != 0
7788 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7789 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
7790 {
7791 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7792 bfd_byte * loc;
7793
7794 if (ifunc != NULL)
7795 {
7796 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7797 if (indx == 0)
7798 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7799 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7800 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7801 }
7802 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7803 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7804 + off);
7805 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7806 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7807 {
7808 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7809 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7810 {
7811 loc = rsec->contents;
7812 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7813 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7814 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7815 &outrel, loc);
7816 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7817 outrel.r_info
7818 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7819 }
7820 }
7821 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7822 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7823 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7824 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7825 else if (indx != 0)
7826 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7827 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7828 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7829 else
7830 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7831 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7832 {
7833 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7834 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7835 {
7836 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7837 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7838 else
7839 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7840 }
7841 }
7842 loc = rsec->contents;
7843 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7844 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7845 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7846 }
7847
7848 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7849 emitting a reloc. */
7850 else
7851 {
7852 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7853
7854 if (tls_ty != 0)
7855 {
7856 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7857 value = 0;
7858 else
7859 {
7860 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7861 value = 0;
7862 else
7863 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7864 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7865 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7866 }
7867
7868 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7869 {
7870 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7871 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7872 value = 1;
7873 }
7874 }
7875 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7876 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7877 }
7878
7879 off += 4;
7880 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7881 off += 4;
7882 }
7883 while (tls_m != 0);
7884
7885 off = *offp;
7886 *offp = off | 1;
7887 }
7888
7889 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7890 abort ();
7891
7892 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7893 {
7894 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7895 {
7896 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7897 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7898 off += 8;
7899 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7900 {
7901 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7902 off += 8;
7903 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7904 {
7905 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7906 off += 4;
7907 }
7908 }
7909 }
7910 }
7911
7912 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7913 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7914 goto copy_reloc;
7915
7916 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7917 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7918 + off
7919 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7920
7921 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7922 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7923 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7924 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7925 if (addend != 0)
7926 info->callbacks->einfo
7927 /* xgettext:c-format */
7928 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7929 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7930 howto->name,
7931 sym_name);
7932 }
7933 break;
7934
7935 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7936 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7937 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7938 at a symbol not in this object. */
7939 if (unresolved_reloc)
7940 {
7941 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7942 h->root.root.string,
7943 input_bfd,
7944 input_section,
7945 rel->r_offset,
7946 TRUE);
7947 goto copy_reloc;
7948 }
7949 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7950 {
7951 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7952 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7953 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7954 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7955 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7956 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7957 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7958 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7959 /* xgettext:c-format */
7960 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7961 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7962 h->root.root.string);
7963 }
7964 break;
7965
7966 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7967 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7968 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7969 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7970 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7971 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7972 break;
7973
7974 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7975 object. */
7976 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
7977 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7978 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
7979 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7980 if (h != NULL
7981 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7982 && h->dynindx == -1)
7983 {
7984 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7985 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7986 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7987 defined before using them. */
7988 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
7989 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7990 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
7991 if (insn != 0)
7992 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7993 break;
7994 }
7995 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7996 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
7997 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7998 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7999 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8000 goto dodyn;
8001
8002 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8003 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8004 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8005 goto dodyn;
8006
8007 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8008 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8009 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8010 goto dodyn;
8011
8012 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8013 relocation = 1;
8014 addend = 0;
8015 goto dodyn;
8016
8017 case R_PPC_REL16:
8018 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8019 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8020 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8021 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8022 break;
8023
8024 case R_PPC_REL32:
8025 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8026 break;
8027 /* fall through */
8028
8029 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8030 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8031 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8032 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8033 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8034 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8035 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8036 goto dodyn;
8037
8038 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8039 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8040 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8041 case R_PPC_REL24:
8042 case R_PPC_REL14:
8043 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8044 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8045 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8046 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8047 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8048 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8049 break;
8050 /* fall through */
8051
8052 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8053 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8054 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8055 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8056 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8057 break;
8058 /* fall through */
8059
8060 dodyn:
8061 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8062 || is_vxworks_tls)
8063 break;
8064
8065 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8066 ? ((h == NULL
8067 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8068 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8069 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8070 : (h != NULL
8071 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8072 {
8073 int skip;
8074 bfd_byte *loc;
8075 asection *sreloc;
8076 long indx = 0;
8077
8078 #ifdef DEBUG
8079 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8080 "create relocation for %s\n",
8081 (h && h->root.root.string
8082 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8083 #endif
8084
8085 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8086 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8087 time. */
8088 skip = 0;
8089 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8090 input_section,
8091 rel->r_offset);
8092 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8093 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8094 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8095 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8096 + input_section->output_offset);
8097
8098 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8099 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8100 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8101 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8102 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8103 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8104 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8105
8106 if (skip)
8107 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8108 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8109 {
8110 indx = h->dynindx;
8111 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8112 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8113 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8114 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8115 }
8116 else
8117 {
8118 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8119
8120 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8121 {
8122 if (ifunc != NULL)
8123 {
8124 /* If we get here when building a static
8125 executable, then the libc startup function
8126 responsible for applying indirect function
8127 relocations is going to complain about
8128 the reloc type.
8129 If we get here when building a dynamic
8130 executable, it will be because we have
8131 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8132 will set the text segment writable and
8133 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8134 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8135 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8136 info->callbacks->einfo
8137 /* xgettext:c-format */
8138 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8139 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8140 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8141 howto->name,
8142 sym_name);
8143 ret = FALSE;
8144 }
8145 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8146 ;
8147 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8148 {
8149 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8150 ret = FALSE;
8151 }
8152 else
8153 {
8154 asection *osec;
8155
8156 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8157 against a section symbol. It would be
8158 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8159 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8160 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8161 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8162 osec = sec->output_section;
8163 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8164 {
8165 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8166 indx = 0;
8167 }
8168 else
8169 {
8170 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8171 if (indx == 0)
8172 {
8173 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8174 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8175 }
8176 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8177 }
8178
8179 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8180 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8181 addend for them. */
8182 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8183 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8184 }
8185
8186 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8187 }
8188 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8189 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8190 else
8191 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8192 }
8193
8194 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8195 if (ifunc)
8196 {
8197 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8198 if (indx == 0)
8199 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8200 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8201 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8202 }
8203 if (sreloc == NULL)
8204 return FALSE;
8205
8206 loc = sreloc->contents;
8207 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8208 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8209
8210 if (skip == -1)
8211 goto copy_reloc;
8212
8213 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8214 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8215 if (!skip)
8216 {
8217 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8218 addend = 0;
8219 break;
8220 }
8221 }
8222 break;
8223
8224 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8225 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8226 if (h != NULL)
8227 {
8228 struct plt_entry *ent;
8229 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8230
8231 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8232 {
8233 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8234 got2_addend = addend;
8235 addend = 0;
8236 }
8237 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8238 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8239 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8240 + htab->glink->output_offset
8241 + ent->glink_offset);
8242 else
8243 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8244 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8245 + ent->plt.offset);
8246 }
8247 /* Fall through. */
8248
8249 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8250 {
8251 const int *stub;
8252 size_t size;
8253 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8254 unsigned int insn;
8255
8256 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8257 {
8258 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8259 + input_section->output_offset
8260 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8261 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8262 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8263 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8264 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8265 stub += 3;
8266 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8267 }
8268 else
8269 {
8270 stub = stub_entry;
8271 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8272 }
8273
8274 relocation += addend;
8275 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8276 relocation = 0;
8277
8278 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8279 insn = *stub++;
8280 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8281 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8282 insn_offset += 4;
8283
8284 insn = *stub++;
8285 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8286 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8287 insn_offset += 4;
8288 size -= 2;
8289
8290 while (size != 0)
8291 {
8292 insn = *stub++;
8293 --size;
8294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8295 insn_offset += 4;
8296 }
8297
8298 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8299 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8300 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8301 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8302 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8303 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8304 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8305 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8306 wrel++, rel++;
8307 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8308 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8309 }
8310 continue;
8311
8312 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8313 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8314 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8315 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8316 {
8317 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8318 break;
8319 }
8320 relocation
8321 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8322 h, relocation, rel);
8323 addend = 0;
8324 break;
8325
8326 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8327 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8328 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8329 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8330 {
8331 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8332 break;
8333 }
8334 relocation
8335 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8336 h, relocation, rel);
8337 addend = 0;
8338 break;
8339
8340 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8341 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8342 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8343 AIX .toc section. */
8344 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8345 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8346 {
8347 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8348 break;
8349 }
8350 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8351 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8352
8353 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8354 break;
8355
8356 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8357 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8358 {
8359 struct plt_entry *ent;
8360
8361 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8362 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8363 if (ent == NULL
8364 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8365 {
8366 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8367 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8368 using -Bsymbolic. */
8369 }
8370 else
8371 {
8372 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8373 procedure linkage table. */
8374 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8375 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8376 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8377 + htab->glink->output_offset
8378 + ent->glink_offset);
8379 else
8380 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8381 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8382 + ent->plt.offset);
8383 }
8384 }
8385
8386 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8387 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8388 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8389 addend = 0;
8390 break;
8391
8392 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8393 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8394 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8395 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8396 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8397 plt_list = NULL;
8398 if (h != NULL)
8399 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8400 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8401 plt_list = ifunc;
8402 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8403 {
8404 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8405 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8406 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8407 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8408 }
8409 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8410 if (plt_list != NULL)
8411 {
8412 struct plt_entry *ent;
8413
8414 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8415 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8416 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8417 {
8418 asection *plt;
8419
8420 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8421 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8422 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8423 || h == NULL
8424 || h->dynindx == -1)
8425 {
8426 if (ifunc != NULL)
8427 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8428 else
8429 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8430 }
8431 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8432 + plt->output_offset
8433 + ent->plt.offset);
8434 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8435 {
8436 bfd_vma got = 0;
8437
8438 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8439 got = (ent->addend
8440 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8441 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8442 else
8443 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8444 relocation -= got;
8445 }
8446 }
8447 }
8448 addend = 0;
8449 break;
8450
8451 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8452 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8453 {
8454 const char *name;
8455 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8456
8457 if (sec == NULL
8458 || sec->output_section == NULL
8459 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8460 {
8461 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8462 break;
8463 }
8464 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8465
8466 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8467 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8468 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8469 {
8470 _bfd_error_handler
8471 /* xgettext:c-format */
8472 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8473 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8474 input_bfd,
8475 sym_name,
8476 howto->name,
8477 name);
8478 }
8479 }
8480 break;
8481
8482 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8483 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8484 {
8485 const char *name;
8486 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8487
8488 if (sec == NULL
8489 || sec->output_section == NULL
8490 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8491 {
8492 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8493 break;
8494 }
8495 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8496
8497 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8498 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8499 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8500 {
8501 _bfd_error_handler
8502 /* xgettext:c-format */
8503 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8504 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8505 input_bfd,
8506 sym_name,
8507 howto->name,
8508 name);
8509 }
8510 }
8511 break;
8512
8513 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8514 relocation = relocation + addend;
8515 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8516 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8517 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8518 goto copy_reloc;
8519
8520 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8521 relocation = relocation + addend;
8522 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8523 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8524 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8525 goto copy_reloc;
8526
8527 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8528 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8529 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8530 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8531 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8532 goto copy_reloc;
8533
8534 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8535 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8536 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8537 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8538 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8539 goto copy_reloc;
8540
8541 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8542 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8543 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8544 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8545 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8546 goto copy_reloc;
8547
8548 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8549 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8550 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8551 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8552 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8553 goto copy_reloc;
8554
8555 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8556 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8557 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8558 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8559 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8560 {
8561 const char *name;
8562 int reg;
8563 unsigned int insn;
8564 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8565
8566 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8567 {
8568 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8569 break;
8570 }
8571
8572 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8573 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8574 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8575 {
8576 reg = 13;
8577 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8578 }
8579 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8580 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8581 {
8582 reg = 2;
8583 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8584 }
8585 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8586 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8587 {
8588 reg = 0;
8589 }
8590 else
8591 {
8592 _bfd_error_handler
8593 /* xgettext:c-format */
8594 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8595 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8596 input_bfd,
8597 sym_name,
8598 howto->name,
8599 name);
8600
8601 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8602 ret = FALSE;
8603 goto copy_reloc;
8604 }
8605
8606 if (sda != NULL)
8607 {
8608 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8609 {
8610 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8611 break;
8612 }
8613 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8614 }
8615
8616 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8617 break;
8618
8619 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8620 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8621 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8622 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8623 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8624 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8625 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8626 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8627 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8628
8629 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8630 if (reg == 0
8631 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8632 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8633 {
8634 relocation = relocation + addend;
8635 addend = 0;
8636
8637 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8638 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8639 insn |= 28u << 26;
8640
8641 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8642 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8643 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8644 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8645 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8646 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8647 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8648
8649 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8650
8651 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8652 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8653 goto overflow;
8654 goto copy_reloc;
8655 }
8656 /* Fill in register field. */
8657 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8658 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8659 }
8660 break;
8661
8662 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8663 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8664 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8665 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8666 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8667 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8668 {
8669 bfd_vma value;
8670 const char *name;
8671 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8672
8673 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8674 {
8675 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8676 break;
8677 }
8678
8679 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8680 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8681 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8682 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8683 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8684 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8685 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8686 else
8687 {
8688 _bfd_error_handler
8689 /* xgettext:c-format */
8690 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8691 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8692 input_bfd,
8693 sym_name,
8694 howto->name,
8695 name);
8696
8697 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8698 ret = FALSE;
8699 goto copy_reloc;
8700 }
8701
8702 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8703 {
8704 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8705 break;
8706 }
8707 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8708
8709 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8710 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8711 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8712 split16a_type,
8713 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8714 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8715 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8716 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8717 split16d_type,
8718 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8719 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8720 {
8721 value = value >> 16;
8722 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8723 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8724 split16a_type,
8725 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8726 }
8727 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8728 {
8729 value = value >> 16;
8730 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8731 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8732 split16d_type,
8733 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8734 }
8735 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8736 {
8737 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8738 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8739 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8740 split16a_type,
8741 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8742 }
8743 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8744 {
8745 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8746 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8747 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8748 split16d_type,
8749 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8750 }
8751 }
8752 goto copy_reloc;
8753
8754 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8755 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation);
8756 goto copy_reloc;
8757
8758 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8759 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8760 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8761 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8762 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8763 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8764 {
8765 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8766 break;
8767 }
8768 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8769 break;
8770
8771 /* Negative relocations. */
8772 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8773 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8774 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8775 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8776 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8777 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8778 break;
8779
8780 case R_PPC_COPY:
8781 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8782 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8783 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8784 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8785 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8786 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8787 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8788 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8789 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8790 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8791 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8792 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8793 /* xgettext:c-format */
8794 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8795 input_bfd, howto->name);
8796
8797 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8798 ret = FALSE;
8799 goto copy_reloc;
8800 }
8801
8802 switch (r_type)
8803 {
8804 default:
8805 break;
8806
8807 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8808 if (unresolved_reloc)
8809 {
8810 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8811 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8812 insn &= 1;
8813 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8814 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8815 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8816 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8817 }
8818 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8819 info->callbacks->einfo
8820 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8821 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8822 howto->name);
8823 break;
8824
8825 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8826 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8827 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8828 if (unresolved_reloc)
8829 {
8830 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8831 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8832 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8833 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8834 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8835 }
8836 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8837 info->callbacks->einfo
8838 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8839 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8840 howto->name);
8841 break;
8842 }
8843
8844 /* Do any further special processing. */
8845 switch (r_type)
8846 {
8847 default:
8848 break;
8849
8850 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8851 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8852 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8853 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8854 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8855 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8856 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8857 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8858 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8859 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8860 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8861 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8862 if (sec == NULL)
8863 break;
8864 /* Fall through. */
8865
8866 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8867 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8868 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8869 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8870 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8871 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8872 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8873 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8874 addend += 0x8000;
8875 break;
8876
8877 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8878 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8879 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8880 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8881 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8882 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8883 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8884 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8885 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8886 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8887 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8888 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8889 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8890 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8891 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8892 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8893 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8894 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8895 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8896 {
8897 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8898 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8899 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8900 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8901
8902 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8903 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8904 mask = 0;
8905 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8906 mask = 3;
8907 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8908 mask = 15;
8909 else
8910 break;
8911 relocation += addend;
8912 addend = insn & mask;
8913 lobit = mask & relocation;
8914 if (lobit != 0)
8915 {
8916 relocation ^= lobit;
8917 info->callbacks->einfo
8918 /* xgettext:c-format */
8919 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8920 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8921 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
8922 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8923 ret = FALSE;
8924 }
8925 }
8926 break;
8927 }
8928
8929 #ifdef DEBUG
8930 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8931 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8932 howto->name,
8933 (int) r_type,
8934 sym_name,
8935 r_symndx,
8936 (long) rel->r_offset,
8937 (long) addend);
8938 #endif
8939
8940 if (unresolved_reloc
8941 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8942 && h->def_dynamic)
8943 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
8944 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
8945 {
8946 info->callbacks->einfo
8947 /* xgettext:c-format */
8948 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8949 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8950 howto->name,
8951 sym_name);
8952 ret = FALSE;
8953 }
8954
8955 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8956 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8957 have different reloc types. */
8958 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
8959 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
8960 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
8961 {
8962 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
8963
8964 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
8965 {
8966 unsigned int insn;
8967
8968 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
8969 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8970 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
8971 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8972 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8973 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8974 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
8975 }
8976 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
8977 {
8978 alt_howto = *howto;
8979 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
8980 howto = &alt_howto;
8981 }
8982 }
8983
8984 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
8985 {
8986 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8987 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size)
8988 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8989 else
8990 {
8991 unsigned int insn;
8992
8993 relocation += addend;
8994 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
8995 + input_section->output_offset
8996 + input_section->output_section->vma);
8997 relocation >>= 16;
8998 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8999 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9000 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9001 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9002 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9003 }
9004 }
9005 else
9006 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9007 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9008
9009 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9010 {
9011 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9012 {
9013 overflow:
9014 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9015 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9016 if (!warned
9017 && !(h != NULL
9018 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9019 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9020 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9021 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9022 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9023 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9024 }
9025 else
9026 {
9027 info->callbacks->einfo
9028 /* xgettext:c-format */
9029 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9030 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9031 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9032 ret = FALSE;
9033 }
9034 }
9035 copy_reloc:
9036 if (wrel != rel)
9037 *wrel = *rel;
9038 }
9039
9040 if (wrel != rel)
9041 {
9042 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9043 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9044
9045 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9046 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9047 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9048 {
9049 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9050 one NONE reloc.
9051 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9052 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9053 deleted -= 1;
9054 wrel++;
9055 }
9056 relend = wrel;
9057 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9058 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9059 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9060 }
9061
9062 #ifdef DEBUG
9063 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9064 #endif
9065
9066 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9067 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9068 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9069 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9070 {
9071 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9072 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9073 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9074 }
9075
9076 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9077 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9078 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9079 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9080 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9081 {
9082 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9083 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9084
9085 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9086 {
9087 bfd_byte *p;
9088 unsigned int n;
9089 bfd_byte fill[4];
9090
9091 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9092 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9093 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9094 while (n--)
9095 {
9096 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9097 p += 4;
9098 }
9099 }
9100
9101 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9102 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9103 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9104 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9105 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9106
9107 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9108 + input_section->output_offset);
9109 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9110 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9111 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9112 addr < end_addr;
9113 addr += pagesize)
9114 {
9115 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9116 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9117 bfd_boolean is_data;
9118 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9119 unsigned int insn;
9120
9121 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9122 the word alone. */
9123 is_data = FALSE;
9124 lo = relocs;
9125 hi = relend;
9126 rel = NULL;
9127 while (lo < hi)
9128 {
9129 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9130 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9131 lo = rel + 1;
9132 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9133 hi = rel;
9134 else
9135 {
9136 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9137 {
9138 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9139 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9140 case R_PPC_REL32:
9141 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9142 is_data = TRUE;
9143 break;
9144 default:
9145 break;
9146 }
9147 break;
9148 }
9149 }
9150 if (is_data)
9151 continue;
9152
9153 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9154 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9155 avoid the icache failure.
9156
9157 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9158 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9159 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9160 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9161 unconditional branches:
9162 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9163 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9164 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9165 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9166 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9167 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9168 instruction is not executed.
9169
9170 A bctr example:
9171 .
9172 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9173 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9174 . mtctr 9
9175 . bctr
9176 . nop
9177 . nop
9178 . new_page:
9179 .
9180 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9181 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9182 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9183 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9184 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9185 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9186 place:
9187 .
9188 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9189 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9190 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9191 . bctr bctr
9192 . nop b somewhere_else
9193 . b somewhere_else nop
9194 . new_page: new_page:
9195 . */
9196 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9197 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9198 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9199 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9200 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9201 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9202 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9203 continue;
9204
9205 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9206 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9207 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9208 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9209 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9210
9211 if (rel != NULL
9212 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9213 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9214 {
9215 asection *sreloc;
9216
9217 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9218 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9219 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9220 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9221 {
9222 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9223
9224 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9225 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9226 relend[-1] = tmp;
9227 }
9228 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9229
9230 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9231 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9232 {
9233 case R_PPC_REL16:
9234 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9235 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9236 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9237 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9238 break;
9239 default:
9240 break;
9241 }
9242
9243 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9244 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9245 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9246 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9247 if (sreloc != NULL)
9248 {
9249 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9250 bfd_vma soffset;
9251
9252 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9253 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9254 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9255 + input_section->output_offset);
9256 while (slo < shi)
9257 {
9258 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9259 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9260 &outrel);
9261 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9262 slo = srel + 1;
9263 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9264 shi = srel;
9265 else
9266 {
9267 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9268 {
9269 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9270 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9271 srel = srelend - 1;
9272 }
9273 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9274 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9275 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9276 break;
9277 }
9278 }
9279 }
9280 }
9281 else
9282 rel = NULL;
9283
9284 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9285 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9286 {
9287 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9288
9289 delta += offset - patch_off;
9290 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9291 delta = 0;
9292 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9293 {
9294 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9295
9296 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9297 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9298 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9299 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9300 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9301 else
9302 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9303
9304 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9305 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9306 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9307 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9308 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9309 }
9310 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9311 {
9312 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9313 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9314 contents + patch_off);
9315 patch_off += 4;
9316 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9317 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9318 contents + patch_off);
9319 patch_off += 4;
9320 }
9321 else
9322 {
9323 if (rel != NULL)
9324 {
9325 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9326
9327 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9328 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9329 }
9330 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9331 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9332 contents + patch_off);
9333 patch_off += 4;
9334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9335 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9336 contents + patch_off);
9337 patch_off += 4;
9338 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9339 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9340 contents + patch_off);
9341 patch_off += 4;
9342 }
9343 }
9344 else
9345 {
9346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9347 patch_off += 4;
9348 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9349 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9350 contents + patch_off);
9351 patch_off += 4;
9352 }
9353 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9354 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9355 }
9356 }
9357
9358 return ret;
9359 }
9360 \f
9361 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9362
9363 static bfd_boolean
9364 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9365 {
9366 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9367 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9368 struct plt_entry *ent;
9369 bfd_boolean doneone;
9370
9371 doneone = FALSE;
9372 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9373 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9374 {
9375 if (!doneone)
9376 {
9377 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9378 bfd_byte *loc;
9379 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9380 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9381 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9382
9383 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9384 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9385 || h->dynindx == -1)
9386 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9387 else
9388 {
9389 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9390 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9391 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9392 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9393 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9394 }
9395
9396 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9397 Set it up. */
9398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
9399 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9400 && h->dynindx != -1)
9401 {
9402 bfd_vma got_offset;
9403 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9404
9405 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9406 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9407
9408 /* Use the right PLT. */
9409 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9410 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9411
9412 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9413 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9414 {
9415 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9416 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9417 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9418 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9419 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9420 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9421 }
9422 else
9423 {
9424 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9425
9426 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9427 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9428 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9429 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9430 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9431 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9432 }
9433
9434 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9435 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9436 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9437 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9438
9439 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9440 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9441 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9442 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9443 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9444 prescaled offset. */
9445 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9446 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9447 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9448 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9449 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9450 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9451 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9452 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9453 offset. */
9454 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9455 (plt_entry[5]
9456 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9457 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9458 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9459 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9460 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9461 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9462
9463 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9464 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9465 in this PLT entry. */
9466 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9467 + plt->output_offset
9468 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9469 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9470
9471 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9472 {
9473 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9474 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9475 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9476 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9477 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9478
9479 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9480 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9481 + plt->output_offset
9482 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9483 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9484 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9485 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9486 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9487 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9488
9489 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9490 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9491 + plt->output_offset
9492 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9493 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9494 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9495 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9496 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9497 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9498
9499 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9500 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9501 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9502 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9503 + got_offset);
9504 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9505 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9506 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9508 }
9509
9510 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9511 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9512 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9513 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9514 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9515 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9516 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9517 + got_offset);
9518 rela.r_addend = 0;
9519 }
9520 else
9521 {
9522 rela.r_addend = 0;
9523 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9524 || h->dynindx == -1)
9525 {
9526 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9527 {
9528 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9529 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9530 }
9531 else
9532 {
9533 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9534 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9535 }
9536 if (h->def_regular
9537 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9538 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9539 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9540 }
9541
9542 if (relplt == NULL)
9543 {
9544 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9545 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9546 }
9547 else
9548 {
9549 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9550 + plt->output_offset
9551 + ent->plt.offset);
9552
9553 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
9554 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9555 || h->dynindx == -1)
9556 {
9557 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9558 linker will fill it in. */
9559 }
9560 else
9561 {
9562 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9563 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9564 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9565 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9566 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9567 }
9568 }
9569 }
9570
9571 if (relplt != NULL)
9572 {
9573 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9574 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9575 || h->dynindx == -1)
9576 {
9577 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9578 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9579 else
9580 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9581 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9582 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9583 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9584 }
9585 else
9586 {
9587 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9588 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9589 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9590 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9591 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9592 }
9593 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9594 }
9595 doneone = TRUE;
9596 }
9597
9598 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9599 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9600 || h->dynindx == -1)
9601 {
9602 unsigned char *p;
9603 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9604
9605 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9606 || h->dynindx == -1)
9607 {
9608 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9609 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9610 else
9611 break;
9612 }
9613
9614 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9615 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9616
9617 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9618 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9619 break;
9620 }
9621 else
9622 break;
9623 }
9624 return TRUE;
9625 }
9626
9627 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9628
9629 bfd_boolean
9630 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9631 {
9632 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9633 bfd *ibfd;
9634
9635 if (!htab)
9636 return TRUE;
9637
9638 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9639
9640 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9641 {
9642 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9643 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9644 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9645 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9646 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9647 struct plt_entry *ent;
9648
9649 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9650 continue;
9651
9652 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9653 if (!local_got)
9654 continue;
9655
9656 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9657 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9658 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9659 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9660 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9661 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9662 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9663 {
9664 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9665 {
9666 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9667 asection *sym_sec;
9668 asection *plt, *relplt;
9669 bfd_byte *loc;
9670 bfd_vma val;
9671 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9672 unsigned char *p;
9673
9674 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9675 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9676 {
9677 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9678 free (local_syms);
9679 return FALSE;
9680 }
9681
9682 val = sym->st_value;
9683 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9684 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9685
9686 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9687 {
9688 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9689 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9690 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9691 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9692 }
9693 else
9694 {
9695 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9696 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9697 {
9698 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9699 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9700 }
9701 else
9702 {
9703 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9704 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9705 continue;
9706 }
9707 }
9708
9709 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9710 + plt->output_offset
9711 + plt->output_section->vma);
9712 rela.r_addend = val;
9713 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9714 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9715 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9716
9717 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9718 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9719 }
9720 }
9721
9722 if (local_syms != NULL
9723 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9724 {
9725 if (!info->keep_memory)
9726 free (local_syms);
9727 else
9728 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9729 }
9730 }
9731 return TRUE;
9732 }
9733
9734 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9735 dynamic sections here. */
9736
9737 static bfd_boolean
9738 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9739 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9740 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9741 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9742 {
9743 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9744 struct plt_entry *ent;
9745
9746 #ifdef DEBUG
9747 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9748 h->root.root.string);
9749 #endif
9750
9751 if (!h->def_regular
9752 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9753 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9754 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9755 {
9756 if (!h->def_regular)
9757 {
9758 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9759 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9760 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9761 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9762 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9763 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9764 to zero. */
9765 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9766 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9767 sym->st_value = 0;
9768 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9769 {
9770 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9771 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9772 function pointer. */
9773 sym->st_value = 0;
9774 }
9775 }
9776 else
9777 {
9778 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9779 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9780 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9781 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9782 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9783 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9784 relocation. */
9785 sym->st_shndx
9786 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9787 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9788 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9789 + htab->glink->output_offset
9790 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9791 }
9792 break;
9793 }
9794
9795 if (h->needs_copy)
9796 {
9797 asection *s;
9798 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9799 bfd_byte *loc;
9800
9801 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9802
9803 #ifdef DEBUG
9804 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9805 #endif
9806
9807 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9808
9809 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9810 s = htab->relsbss;
9811 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9812 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9813 else
9814 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9815 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9816
9817 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9818 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9819 rela.r_addend = 0;
9820 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9821 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9822 }
9823
9824 #ifdef DEBUG
9825 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9826 #endif
9827
9828 return TRUE;
9829 }
9830 \f
9831 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9832 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9833 const asection *rel_sec,
9834 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9835 {
9836 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9837
9838 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9839 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9840
9841 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9842 {
9843 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9844 return reloc_class_relative;
9845 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9846 return reloc_class_plt;
9847 case R_PPC_COPY:
9848 return reloc_class_copy;
9849 default:
9850 return reloc_class_normal;
9851 }
9852 }
9853 \f
9854 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9855
9856 static bfd_boolean
9857 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9858 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9859 {
9860 asection *sdyn;
9861 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9862 bfd_vma got;
9863 bfd *dynobj;
9864 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
9865
9866 #ifdef DEBUG
9867 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9868 #endif
9869
9870 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9871 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9872 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9873
9874 got = 0;
9875 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9876 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9877
9878 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9879 {
9880 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9881
9882 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9883
9884 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9885 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9886 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9887 {
9888 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9889 asection *s;
9890
9891 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9892
9893 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9894 {
9895 case DT_PLTGOT:
9896 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9897 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9898 else
9899 s = htab->elf.splt;
9900 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9901 break;
9902
9903 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9904 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9905 break;
9906
9907 case DT_JMPREL:
9908 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9909 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9910 break;
9911
9912 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9913 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9914 break;
9915
9916 case DT_TEXTREL:
9917 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9918 info->callbacks->einfo
9919 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9920 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9921 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
9922 info->callbacks->einfo
9923 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9924 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9925 continue;
9926
9927 default:
9928 if (htab->is_vxworks
9929 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
9930 break;
9931 continue;
9932 }
9933
9934 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
9935 }
9936 }
9937
9938 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
9939 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9940 {
9941 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
9942 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
9943 {
9944 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
9945
9946 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
9947 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9948 {
9949 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9950 so that a function can easily find the address of
9951 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9952 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
9953 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9954 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
9955 }
9956
9957 if (sdyn != NULL)
9958 {
9959 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
9960 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
9961 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
9963 }
9964 }
9965 else
9966 {
9967 /* xgettext:c-format */
9968 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9969 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
9970 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
9971 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
9972 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9973 ret = FALSE;
9974 }
9975
9976 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
9977 }
9978
9979 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9980 if (htab->is_vxworks
9981 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
9982 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
9983 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9984 {
9985 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
9986 /* Use the right PLT. */
9987 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
9988 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9989 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
9990
9991 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9992 {
9993 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9994
9995 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
9996 splt->contents + 0);
9997 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
9998 splt->contents + 4);
9999 }
10000 else
10001 {
10002 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10003 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10004 }
10005 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10006 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10007 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10008 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10009 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10010 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10011
10012 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10013 {
10014 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10015 bfd_byte *loc;
10016
10017 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10018
10019 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10020 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10021 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10022 + 2);
10023 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10024 rela.r_addend = 0;
10025 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10026 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10027
10028 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10029 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10030 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10031 + 6);
10032 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10033 rela.r_addend = 0;
10034 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10035 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10036
10037 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10038 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10039 in which symbols were output. */
10040 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10041 {
10042 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10043
10044 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10045 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10046 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10047 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10048
10049 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10050 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10051 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10052 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10053
10054 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10055 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10056 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10057 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10058 }
10059 }
10060 }
10061
10062 if (htab->glink != NULL
10063 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10064 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10065 {
10066 unsigned char *p;
10067 unsigned char *endp;
10068 bfd_vma res0;
10069
10070 /*
10071 * PIC glink code is the following:
10072 *
10073 * # ith PLT code stub.
10074 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10075 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10076 * mtctr 11
10077 * bctr
10078 *
10079 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10080 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10081 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10082 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10083 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10084 * .
10085 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10086 * res_n_m3: nop
10087 * res_n_m2: nop
10088 * res_n_m1:
10089 *
10090 * PLTresolve:
10091 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10092 * mflr 0
10093 * bcl 20,31,1f
10094 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10095 * mflr 12
10096 * mtlr 0
10097 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10098 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10099 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10100 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10101 * mtctr 0
10102 * add 0,11,11
10103 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10104 * bctr
10105 *
10106 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10107 *
10108 * # ith PLT code stub.
10109 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10110 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10111 * mtctr 11
10112 * bctr
10113 *
10114 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10115 *
10116 * PLTresolve:
10117 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10118 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10119 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10120 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10121 * mtctr 0
10122 * add 0,11,11
10123 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10124 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10125 * bctr
10126 */
10127
10128 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10129 and perhaps some padding. */
10130 p = htab->glink->contents;
10131 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10132 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10133 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10134 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10135 {
10136 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10137 p += 4;
10138 }
10139 while (p < endp)
10140 {
10141 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10142 p += 4;
10143 }
10144
10145 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10146 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10147 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10148
10149 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10150 {
10151 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10152 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10153 glink branch table. */
10154 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10155 bfd_vma page_addr;
10156 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10157 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10158
10159 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10160 page_addr > glink_start;
10161 page_addr -= pagesize)
10162 {
10163 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10164 bfd_byte *loc;
10165 unsigned int insn;
10166
10167 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10168 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10169 if (insn == BCTR)
10170 {
10171 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10172 one other call stub before this one. */
10173 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10174 if (insn == BCTR)
10175 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10176 else
10177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10178 }
10179 }
10180 }
10181
10182 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10183 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10184 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10185 {
10186 bfd_vma bcl;
10187
10188 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10189 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10190 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10191
10192 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10193 p += 4;
10194 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10195 p += 4;
10196 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10197 p += 4;
10198 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10199 p += 4;
10200 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10201 p += 4;
10202 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10203 p += 4;
10204 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10205 p += 4;
10206 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10207 p += 4;
10208 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10209 {
10210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10211 p += 4;
10212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10213 p += 4;
10214 }
10215 else
10216 {
10217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10218 p += 4;
10219 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10220 p += 4;
10221 }
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10223 p += 4;
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10225 }
10226 else
10227 {
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10229 p += 4;
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10231 p += 4;
10232 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10234 else
10235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10236 p += 4;
10237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10238 p += 4;
10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10240 p += 4;
10241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10242 p += 4;
10243 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10245 else
10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10247 }
10248 p += 4;
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10250 p += 4;
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10252 p += 4;
10253 while (p < endp)
10254 {
10255 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10256 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10257 p += 4;
10258 }
10259 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10260 }
10261
10262 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10263 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10264 {
10265 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10266 bfd_vma val;
10267
10268 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10269 /* FDE length. */
10270 p += 4;
10271 /* CIE pointer. */
10272 p += 4;
10273 /* Offset to .glink. */
10274 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10275 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10276 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10277 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10278 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10279 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10280
10281 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10282 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10283 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10284 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10285 return FALSE;
10286 }
10287
10288 return ret;
10289 }
10290 \f
10291 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10292 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10293 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10294 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10295 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10296 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10297 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10298 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10299 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10300 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10301 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10302
10303 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10304 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10305 #endif
10306
10307 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10308 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10309 #endif
10310
10311 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10312 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10313 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10314 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10315 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10316 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10317
10318 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10319 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10320 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10321 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10322 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10323 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10324 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10325 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10326
10327 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10328 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10329 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10330 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10331 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10332 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10333 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10334 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10335 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10336 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10337 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10338 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10339 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10340 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10341 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10342 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10343 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10344 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10345 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10346 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10347 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10348 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10349 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10350 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10351 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10352 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10353 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10354 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10355 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10356
10357 #include "elf32-target.h"
10358
10359 /* FreeBSD Target */
10360
10361 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10362 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10363
10364 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10365 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10366 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10367 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10368
10369 #undef ELF_OSABI
10370 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10371
10372 #undef elf32_bed
10373 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10374
10375 #include "elf32-target.h"
10376
10377 /* VxWorks Target */
10378
10379 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10380 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10381
10382 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10383 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10384 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10385 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10386
10387 #undef ELF_OSABI
10388
10389 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10390 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10391 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10392 {
10393 if (sec->name == NULL)
10394 return NULL;
10395
10396 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10397 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10398
10399 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10400 }
10401
10402 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10403 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10404 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10405 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10406 {
10407 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10408
10409 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10410 if (ret)
10411 {
10412 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10413 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10414 htab->is_vxworks = 1;
10415 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10416 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10417 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10418 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10419 }
10420 return ret;
10421 }
10422
10423 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10424 static bfd_boolean
10425 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10426 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10427 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10428 const char **namep,
10429 flagword *flagsp,
10430 asection **secp,
10431 bfd_vma *valp)
10432 {
10433 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10434 valp))
10435 return FALSE;
10436
10437 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10438 }
10439
10440 static bfd_boolean
10441 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10442 {
10443 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10444 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10445 }
10446
10447 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10448 define it. */
10449 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10450 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10451 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10452 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10453 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10454 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10455 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10456 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10457 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10458 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10459 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10460 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10461 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10462 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10463
10464 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10465
10466 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10467 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10468 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10469 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10470 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10471 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10472 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10473 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10474 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10475 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10476 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10477 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10478 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10479 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10480 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10481 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10482 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10483 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10484
10485 #undef elf32_bed
10486 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10487
10488 #include "elf32-target.h"
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.266845 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.